Tag Archives: heaven

PHILIPPIANS 4

PHILIPPIANS 4

Survey of the chapter
The apostle has referred twice to the fact that just as the city of Philippi was a colony of Rome, (making the citizens of Philippi citizens of Rome), so believers are to act as those who are citizens of heaven. He had used two related words to refer to this citizenship. In 1:27 the idea was of a manner of life suited to heaven. In 3:20 he had referred to the actual city-state of heaven, stating that it “is” in heaven; in other words, it is a reality, not merely an aspiration.

Having expressed his desire to press forward to the high calling of God in Christ Jesus, he wants to live the life of heaven now, so that when the Lord comes the transition to heaven will only involve the change of the body. In view of this, we could look at chapter four as being foretastes of heaven, in the following ways:

(a) Verse 1
The anticipation of the results of the judgement seat in terms of the Philippian saints being his joy and crown.

(b) Verses 2-3
The adjustments that need to be made on earth to be suited to a heavenly walk, given that our names are in the book of life.

(c) Verse 4
The adoration which shall mark the believers in heaven should mark them now.

(d) Verses 5-7
The absence of anxiety that shall characterise heaven should be in our hearts now.

(e) Verses 8-9
The atmosphere of heaven which should be breathed now.

(f) Verses 10-20
The account in heaven, which records all that has been done by way of giving for His cause.

(g) Verses 21-23
The amiability in heaven which should be known now.

(a) Verse 1
The anticipation of the results of the judgement seat in terms of the Philippian saints being his joy and crown.

4:1
Therefore, my brethren dearly beloved and longed for, my joy and crown, so stand fast in the Lord, my dearly beloved.

Therefore- so that, that being the case. As a consequence of the Saviour’s ability as Lord Jesus Christ to subdue all things to Himself, 3:21, they are to stand fast, for their position is unshakeable.

My brethren- not their master, even though responsible for their conversion; they have but one Lord. As far as Christian position is concerned, he is a brother like the rest.

Dearly beloved and longed for- his love for them has not diminished because he is absent from them. He loved them at the moment of writing, and earnestly anticipated his reunion with them.

My joy- as he thought of them as those who had progressed in Christian things in the past and the present.

And crown- as he thought of the future day of reward.

So stand fast in the Lord- since they are beloved and longed for, their behaviour must meet the approval of the apostle. He exhorts them to continue with the same attitude, confident of their position under the protection of the one who will soon show Himself to be Lord of all.

(b) Verses 2-5
The adjustments that need to be made on earth to be suited to a heavenly walk, given that our names are in the book of life.

4:2
I beseech Euodias, and beseech Syntyche, that they be of the same mind in the Lord.

I beseech Euodias, and beseech Syntche- a prime example of those not standing fast in the Lord, but seeking the ascendancy over one another. Note the apostle’s even-handed approach, not taking sides, mentioning them in alphabetical order. If they are to be of the same mind, it must be in subjection to the same Lord, which, in turn, means they will be subject to the same expression of the mind of the Lord in His word.

That they be of the same mind in the Lord- If each is minded to be subject to His lordship, then they will be subject to one another, and not strive for the higher place. We are not told what they disagreed about, so that the general principle might be established.

4:3
And I intreat thee also, true yokefellow, help those women which laboured with me in the gospel, with Clement also, and with other my fellowlabourers, whose names are in the book of life.

And I entreat thee also, true yokefellow- the most likely suggestion is that Paul turns to Epaphroditus at this point, (he may have been writing down what the apostle expressed, as some Bibles give him as the amanuensis), and exhorts him to help these two women once he gets back to Philippi, if it should be that they had not settled their differences beforehand. This unorthodox touch would serve to help him when he arrived at Philippi, for he would be able to show that the apostle gave him a mandate to intervene in the dispute.

Help those women which laboured with me in the gospel- this rules out Timothy and Luke being the true yokefellow, or else it would surely be “laboured with us in the gospel”, given that Timothy and Silas were with Paul when he first went to Philippi. There is much for the sisters to do in the furtherance of the gospel; encouraging, inviting, giving, praying. Sadly they were striving against one another rather than in the gospel. Division and disputing always detracts from the testimony; see for instance, Numbers 12, where the people journeyed not till Miriam was restored. Strife always hinders progress, whether personally or assembly-wise.

Whose names are in the book of life- God writes in a book the names of those who live on earth, Exodus 32:32; Psalm 139:16. (Note that the unborn are written there as well, showing that God reckons them to be alive, and real people, before they are born). The order of events as given by the apostle in his address on Mar’s Hill was, “life, and breath, and all things”, so life comes before breathing, contrary to what some would say.

Then there is a book of those who shall live in heaven. All men are in the first by natural generation; only believers in the second, and that by regeneration. In one by birth, in the other by new birth, those who will live in harmony together in heaven, should live on earth like that too, Sadly, Euodias and Syntche have their names in the epistle to Philippians as well for the wrong reason.

4:4
Rejoice in the Lord alway: and again I say, Rejoice.

Rejoice in the Lord alway- this is the antidote to rivalry. The more we are taken up with the Lord, the less we shall try to lord it over others, resulting in friction.

Again I say- he knew the lesson needed to be reinforced, given the atmosphere of rivalry that existed in the Philippian assembly. There is no rivalry in heaven, and before He came, Christ Jesus was eternally in harmony with the other members of the Godhead, none of them asserting themselves over the other. So shall it be in heaven; why cannot it be like that in the assembly now, seeing our conversation is in heaven?

4:5
Let your moderation be known unto all men. The Lord is at hand.

Let your moderation be known unto all men- by moderation is meant mildness, gentleness, fairness, sweet reasonableness. It is difficult to strive with those who manifest such characteristics. “Yielding pacifieth great offences”, Ecclesiastes 10:4. We should be well-known for giving place to others when no truth is at stake.

The Lord is at hand- that is, at our elbow to give support in difficult situations where there is strife. The apostle knew this support at his final trial before Caesar, see 2 Timothy 4:14-17.

(d) Verses 6,7
The absence of anxiety that shall characterise heaven should be in our hearts now.

4:6
Be careful for nothing; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known unto God.

Be careful for nothing- of course this does not mean that we should not attend to our affairs with care and diligence. Believers should be noted for the meticulous care they give to the things they are responsible for. The idea behind the word “care” is anxious, worrying care and concern, the sort that Martha had when she was “careful and troubled about many things”, Luke 10:41. Mary, on the other hand, was commended for choosing the “good part”, calmly sitting at the Lord’s feet. We must not think that she was doing this to avoid helping her sister, for Luke tells us that Mary “also sat at Jesus’ feet”; that is, as well as helping Martha, she also sat at the Lord’s feet, for she knew that the things Martha was fussing about were not necessary, and could safely be left for another time.

But in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known unto God- instead of acting as if we are alone in carrying the burden we have to bear, we should be “casting all our care upon him, for he careth for you”, 1 Peter 5:7. Or as the psalmist exhorted us, “Cast thy burden upon the Lord, and he shall sustain thee: He shall never suffer the righteous to be moved”, Psalm 55:22.

Prayer is the general expression of dependence upon God, whereas supplication is that special sort of prayer when our souls are in deep need. All the while, we should not forget to record our thanks to God for His past interventions.

4:7
And the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus.

And the peace of God, which passeth all understanding- it is a great puzzle to the men of the world as to how Christians can bear up under the most intense strain, and do so cheerfully. It surpasses their understanding.

Shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus- remember this is a promise only to those who make their requests known to God. Those who are determined to fend for themselves will not know this peace. Those who cast their care upon God will find that their hearts are kept through Christ Jesus as He intervenes on their behalf and thus displays His love to them. Their minds will be kept through Christ Jesus, for they will not be in a state of disturbance, having left everything to Him.

(e) Verses 8-9
The atmosphere of heaven which should be breathed now

4:8
Finally, brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things.

Finally, brethren, whatsoever things are true- the apostle lists eight things that mark heaven, and which should mark those who are citizens of heaven already. Just as the customs and behaviour of Rome were to mark the Philippian colonists, so these features should mark those whose citizenship is in heaven. Heaven is marked by reality; there are no illusions there, or misunderstandings.

Whatsoever things are honest- there will be no underhand dealings in heaven, for the sin-principle will be eliminated at the resurrection.

Whatsoever things are just- all the injustices believers have suffered down through the centuries will be past.

Whatsoever things are pure- nothing that defiles shall ever enter heaven. The angels who guard the gates of the heavenly city will see to that.

Whatsoever things are lovely- we shall appreciate the beauty of holiness as never before. Heaven shall be filled with that which is pleasing to the spiritual mind, just as Eden was filled with all that was pleasant to the natural eye. This world is marked by the ugliness of sin.

Whatsoever things are of good report- there is no gossip in heaven, but the saints shall constantly discuss the truth of God. No doubt the report that Isaiah gave of the Messiah will feature largely in that conversation.

If there be any virtue- any other characteristic that has the mark of excellence about it should be the subject of our thinking, as it will be in heaven.

And if there be any praise, think on these things- the praise that is rendered to a noble and heavenly thing is attached to the praiseworthy thing, so closely are they connected. Only things worthy of praise will be praised in heaven. It should be the same with us now. We must beware of thinking well of carnal things. We shall be prevented from doing this if we concentrate our minds on the things the apostle has listed in this verse. There is perhaps also the idea that the virtues listed are not always praised by men on earth; nevertheless they should be persisted in.

4:9
Those things, which ye have both learned, and received, and heard, and seen in me, do: and the God of peace shall be with you.

Those things, which ye have both learned, and received, and heard, and seen in me, do- we should not be content with pondering excellent things, for our God plans works for us to do. These works should be done in accordance with what we have learned from the apostles, and we should be careful to receive their doctrine wholeheartedly. The Philippians had clearly heard from others elsewhere how the apostle behaved himself when absent from them. They also knew what he was like when they could see him, he being present. He can confidently enjoin obedience to the same things they had seen in him, for he was a follower of Christ.

And the God of peace shall be with you- with conscience clear as to their character and behaviour, they may be assured of that calmness of spirit which marks those who love God.

(f) Verses 10-20
The account in heaven, which records all that has been done by way of giving for His cause.

We may divide this section as follows: 

Verses 10-13 The attitude of the apostle to want
Verses 14-16 The attitude of the Philippians to his need
Verses 17,18 The acceptableness of their gift as God sees it
Verse 19 The assurance to those who give
Verse 20 The adoration to God who is glorified in the gift

Special note on the way the apostle supported himself
It was a saying amongst the Jews which went something like “If a man does not teach his son a trade, it is as if he taught him to steal”. So it was that Joseph had taught Jesus his trade as a carpenter, Matthew 13:55; Mark 6:3. (It is only in Mark’s servant-gospel that we learn the Lord’s trade). So there is no shame in manual work. The rabbis all had a trade, and taught the law as well. Saul of Tarsus’ father had taught him the trade of tent-making, most likely from the goat’s hair for which the district of Cilicia, where Saul lived, was famed.

At least six times the apostle mentioned that he laboured with his own hands to support himself. The references are as follows:

1. “Or I only and Barnabas, have we not power to forbear working?” 1 Corinthians 9:6. So apart from the apostles Christ chose, and Matthias who replaced Judas Iscariot, Paul and Barnabas were the only ones with authority to expect to be entirely supported by others. But they did not use this right, preferring to labour to support themselves to forestall any suggestion that they were preaching for gain.

2. “Even unto this present hour, we…labour, working with our own hands”, 1 Corinthians 4:11,12. So even in difficult and trying circumstances the apostle persisted with his policy.

3. “Have I committed an offence in abasing myself that ye might be exalted, because I have preached to you the gospel of God freely? I robbed other churches, taking wages of them, to do you service. And when I was present with you, and wanted, I was chargeable to no man: for that which was lacking to me the brethren which came from Macedonia supplied: and in all things I have kept myself from being burdensome unto you, and so will I keep myself”, 2 Corinthians 11:7-9.

4. “For ye remember, brethren, our labour and travail: for labouring night and day, because we would not be chargeable unto any of you, we preached unto you the gospel of God”, 1 Thessalonians 2:9. By “night and day” the apostle means, “labouring at night time if I was preaching in the daytime, and labouring in the daytime if I was preaching in the night”.

5. “Neither did we eat any man’s bread for nought, but wrought with labour and travail night and day, that we might not be charegeable to any one of you. Not because we have not power, but to make ourselves an example unto you to follow us. For even when we were with you, this we commanded you, that if any would not work, neither should he eat”, 2 Thessalonians 3:8-10.

6. “I have coveted no man’s silver, or gold, or apparel. Yea, ye yourselves know, that these hands have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. I have shewed you all things, how that so labouring ye ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive”, Acts 20:33-35.

Verses 10-13
The attitude of the apostle to want

4:10
But I rejoiced in the Lord greatly, that now at the last your care of me hath flourished again; wherein ye were also careful, but ye lacked opportunity.

But I rejoiced in the Lord greatly, that now at the last your care of me hath flourished again- because He is Lord, Christ had moved the Philippians to give in an intelligent and timely way. Because they loved the apostle, they were full of care and concern for him, as his converts. It is the principle laid down in Scripture that those who sow spiritual things may reap carnal things, 1 Corinthians 9:11, and again, “For if the Gentiles have been made partakers of their carnal things, their duty is also to minister unto them in carnal things”, Romans 15:27. The Philippians owed a debt to the apostle for bringing the gospel to them, and they responded by seeking to support his work elsewhere.

Wherein ye were also careful, but ye lacked opportunity- the transmission of money was very difficult in those days, for it had to be physically transported, with all that meant in terms of danger and risk. They took advantage of the fact that Epaphroditus was willing to go to Rome for them.

4:11
Not that I speak in respect of want: for I have learned, in whatsoever state I am, therewith to be content.

Not that I speak in respect of want- he had not solicited funds from the Philippians in any way. Their gift was entirely spontaneous, but superintended by the Lord, so that it was in a very real sense “according to his riches in glory”, verse 19.

For I have learned, in whatsoever state I am, therewith to be content- he had learned this from Christ, who said “learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls”, Matthew 1:29. Christ was marked by humble dependence upon His Father, and even when hungry in the wilderness did not deviate from His Father’s will. If no word comes to make stones into bread, then He is content to be hungry. So it was with the apostle, for he exhorts us to follow his example, just as he followed Christ’s, 1 Corinthians 11:1.

The word for learn has the idea of being initiated into a mystery. So what was the mystery? In Old Testament times it was the case, as the psalmist said, “O fear the Lord, ye his saints: For there is no want to them that fear him. The young lions do lack, and suffer hunger: but they that seek the Lord shall not lack any good thing”, Psalm 34:9,10. Divine favour was shown by Divine provision, so that God pledged to supply His people if they obeyed Him. Now things have changed, and the Christian lives in a hostile environment, (not in the society of Israel where it was an obligation to look after the poor amongst them), and this means that the believer is often brought into harsh conditions. So despite being faithful to the Lord, the apostle is in conditions of hardship, but he has learned the secret of the change in God’s dealings, and is content.

4:12
I know both how to be abased, and I know how to abound: every where and in all things I am instructed both to be full and to be hungry, both to abound and to suffer need.

I know both how to be abased, and I know how to abound- these words were used of rivers when they ran low and when they were in full flood. Elijah had the experience of the brook drying up, so the Lord sent him to a widow in Zarephath. It seemed as though her brook had dried up too, for she was about to make her last meal when the prophet arrived. But by his intervention her “brook” abounded, for her barrel of meal was not empty, nor did her cruse of oil run dry until the Lord sent rain and the harvests were back to normal. So the miraculous provision was not for the rest of her life, but depended on the harvests after the drought ended. The lesson she and the prophet learned during the time of hardship would stand them both in good stead in later years. The widow’s son would also profit from the experience.

Every where and in all things I am instructed both to be full and to be hungry, both to abound and to suffer need- Elijah was being taught lessons by all these experiences, and so was the apostle Paul, for he was instructed by them, and learned the lessons well, verse 11. No matter where he was, and no matter what the particular need was, he had learned to trust God in every situation. This is the life of faith in action, and is open to all of us, not just prophets and apostles. The particular circumstance that caused the apostle to suffer need at this point was his imprisonment, forcing him to cease his normal tent-making.

4:13
I can do all things through Christ which strengtheneth me.

I can do all things through Christ which strengtheneth me- not all things absolutely, of course, but all the things he had just mentioned, such as being abased or abounding, being full or hungry, or abounding or suffering need. Christ strengthened him by reminding him of His experiences when down here, and by His high priestly work of succouring them that are tempted, Hebrews 2:18.

Verses 14-16
The attitude of the Philippians to his need

4:14
Notwithstanding ye have well done, that ye did communicate with my affliction.

Notwithstanding ye have well done, that ye did communicate with my affliction- despite the foregoing, where he assures the Philippians that he can cope in any situation through the power of Christ, he is grateful for their support. It was a good exercise on their part, for they were being used of God to relieve his affliction. Prisoners in Roman gaols were only supplied with the minimum to survive, and relied on the generosity of their friends for the rest of their needs. The word communicate reminds us of Hebrews 13:16, “But to do good and communicate forget not: for with such sacrifices God is well pleased”. To have communion with someone is to share, and it is the Christian’s duty to share with others the good that God has entrusted to him. God sees such giving as a sacrifice, and so does the apostle, as he will make clear in verse 18.

4:15
Now ye Philippians know also, that in the beginning of the gospel, when I departed from Macedonia, no church communicated with me as concerning giving and receiving, but ye only.

Now ye Philippians know also, that in the beginning of the gospel- it is not so much that they knew what he is about to write, but they were being told it as he wrote. They are being encouraged by the thought that when they sent more than once to him, it was to fill a very real need, the extent of which they did not know when they sent, but which the Lord knew.

The beginning of the gospel means the first successes the gospel had in Europe when the apostle responded to the Macedonian Call, Acts 16:6-12. Philippi was the first stopping place on that journey.

When I departed from Macedonia- Luke uses the word depart three times in connection with the departure of the apostle from Philippi. He left because the magistrates ordered it, he having been falsely accused and imprisoned. He does not view it as a disorderly retreat, however, but a dignified withdrawal under the hand of the Lord.

No church communicated with me as concerning giving and receiving, but ye only- even though he had not travelled far from Philippi, (Thessalonica was about one hundred miles away), they had sent to him, perhaps because they knew he had not been able to support himself at Philippi, and also because he faced difficulties at Thessalonica and Berea, and had to move on. it seems that there was no Jewish synagogue in Philippi, so the opportunity to meet fellow-craftsmen in the synagogue, (who sat together according to trade), was absent. It was not that, in general, the Philippian believers were rich, for the apostle speaks elsewhere of their deep poverty, 2 Corinthians 8:2.

4:16
For even in Thessalonica ye sent once and again unto my necessity.

For even in Thessalonica ye sent once and again unto my necessity- we know from his epistles to the Thessalonians, that the apostle was harassed by the Jews at this time, and this could very well have prevented him plying his trade. As already noted, the various trade guilds sat together in the synagogue, making contact with those of like abilities easily recognizable. So even though the apostle had only just left them, the Philippians were exercised, as his converts, to supply his needs, in gratitude for his labour in bringing the gospel to them. Note that they sent to relieve his necessity, for they knew that his experiences at Philippi had not helped when it came to tent-making.

Verses 17,18
The acceptableness of their gift as God sees it

4:17
Not because I desire a gift: but I desire fruit that may abound to your account.

Not because I desire a gift- as he said to the elders from Ephesus, he had coveted no man’s silver, gold or apparel. The apostle was completely disinterested in worldly and material things. His mind was set on the things of heaven, as ours should be.

But I desire fruit that may abound to your account- what he did desire was that in a coming day, the Philippians would receive the credit for the gifts they had sent him. They had laid up treasure in heaven, and would be rewarded at the Judgement Seat of Christ. They were living in the good of the words of the Lord Jesus to those who claimed to be His disciples, “Sell that ye have, and give alms; provide yourselves bags which wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that faileth not, where no thief approacheth, neither moth corrupteth. For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also”, Luke 12:33,34.

4:18
But I have all, and abound: I am full, having received of Epaphroditus the things which were sent from you, an odour of a sweet smell, a sacrifice acceptable, wellpleasing to God.

But I have all, and abound- this is his official receipt for their recent gift sent through Epaphroditus. It is important that those who receive gifts be careful to acknowledge them promptly; not so that the senders can preen themselves, but out of Christian courtesy. It is important, also, that those who have the responsibility of handling assembly funds should do so in an open and transparent way. When he was teaching the Corinthians about the importance of giving, the apostle wrote this concerning himself and his fellow-labourers, “avoiding this, that no man should blame us in this abundance which is administered by us: providing for honest things, not only in the sight of the Lord, but also in the sight of men”, 2 Corinthians 87:20,21.

The result of the gift was that he abounded. As he wrote to the Corinthians, “For the administration of this service not only supplieth the want of the saints, but is abundant also by many thanksgivings unto God”, 2 Corinthians 9:12. So the need was met from God, and there was a return to God in the form of his abundant thanksgivings to God.

I am full, having received of Epaphroditus the things which were sent from you- the apostle has had all his current needs met by their gift, for the Lord knew the measure of his need, and exercised the Philippians to supply that need. Epaphroditus had been faithful in the task given to him by the Philippians to transport the gift to Rome. This was no light undertaking, for he seems to have journeyed on his own. By “the things” we may understand that Epaphroditus did not just bring money, but other needed things also. There are many and varied ways in which we may supply the needs of poor saints. Money is not always the best way.

An odour of a sweet smell, a sacrifice acceptable, wellpleasing to God- by this three-fold description the apostle gives us his spiritual appreciation of what the gift meant to God. Christ gave himself for us as “an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweet smelling savour”, Ephesians 5:2, and now the same sort of language is used of a gift from believers. The Philippians have learnt to value the sacrifice of Christ, and have been exercised to give in response, and God sees in that gift a reflection of what His Son did at Calvary. Notice it is of a sweet smell, so it does not partake of the character of a sin offering, as if the Philippians had a conscience about something and were trying to make amends with a gift. Their gift was like Christ’s sacrifice, the outcome of a pure and willing heart. We might say that it was a sweet smell like the frankincense of the meal offering, a sacrifice like the peace offering, and it was well-pleasing to God like the burnt offering.

It was a sacrifice, for as David said, “neither will I offer burnt offerings unto the Lord my God of that which doth cost me nothing”, 2 Samuel 24:24. (Note the expression “my God”, the same words as Paul uses in this chapter). It would be sad to offer the Lord that which we have finished with and were going to discard anyway. It should really cost us to give to the Lord, even if it is only the cost of not buying something for ourselves with the money. The apostle assures us here that the gift is well-pleasing to God, for it is a reminder to Him of the supreme sacrifice of His Son at Calvary, and His gift of His own Son there. The writer to the Hebrews stated, “For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love, which ye have shewed toward his name, in that ye have ministered to the saints, and do minister”, Hebrews 6:10. It is reasonable to suppose that just as the prayers of saints are held in heaven, Revelation 8:3,4, so also are their works, and the fragrance that they emitted will fill heaven, just as the odour of Mary’s ointment filled the house, John 12:3.

Verse 19

The assurance to those who give

4:19
But my God shall supply all your need according to his riches in glory by Christ Jesus.

But my God shall supply all your need- the wise man said, “He that hath pity on the poor lendeth unto the Lord; and that which he hath given will he pay him again”, Proverbs 19:17. So the Philippians had lent to the Lord by giving a gift to the apostle, but they have the promise that should they be in need in the future the Lord will see to it that their need is supplied.

“Need” is defined by the Lord Jesus as food and drink and raiment, Matthew 6:31,32. As the apostle said elsewhere, “But godliness and contentment is great gain. For we brought nothing into this world, and it is certain we can carry nothing out. And having food and raiment let us therewith be content”, 1 Timothy 6:6-8.

According to his riches in glory by Christ Jesus- in view of the fact that gifts given are held by God, are the “riches in glory” the treasures that the Lord’s people have laid up in heaven by their giving? They are His riches because given in His name, but do they form the capital out of which He moves saints to give to those in need? Since, as we have seen, “He that hath pity on the poor lendeth unto the Lord; and that which he hath given will he pay him again”, are gifts believers give not only given to fellow-believers, but lent to the Lord, and He keeps them in His treasures. At the appropriate time He releases those resources to the giving believer, either so he can give them again, or to supply his current need.

Verse 20
The adoration to God who is glorified in the gift

4:20
Now unto God and our Father be glory for ever and ever. Amen.

Now unto God and our Father be glory for ever and ever. Amen- the apostle gives to us a sense of what it will be like in heaven, when all that the believers have done through the years is gathered up, and He is glorified by the accumulated treasure. This glory will be for ever and ever. This makes Christian generosity a very worthwhile thing.

(g) Verses 21-23
The amiability in heaven.

4:21
Salute every saint in Christ Jesus. The brethren which are with me greet you.

Salute every saint in Christ Jesus- the word used for “salute”, (which is also translated “greet” in this verse), was a technical one to be used at the end of a letter. He had sought grace and peace for “all the saints in Christ Jesus which are at Philippi”, 1:1, and now he gives them his closing greeting. As saints they were separated from Philippi, as being in Christ Jesus they were united to Christ Jesus, the Man risen and glorified in heaven. As such they were certain of being in heaven in God’s good time.

The brethren which are with me greet you- sadly, at his second imprisonment he had to say “only Luke is with me”, 2 Timothy 4:11.

4:22
All the saints salute you, chiefly they that are of Caesar’s household.

All the saints salute you, chiefly they that are of Caesar’s household- now he takes in all the believers at Rome, but singles out those who were of Caesar’s household. He has already told us that his imprisonment had worked out for the furtherance of the gospel, in that his testimony could reach to the palace, 1:13, so there had been those converted who were in the palace in Rome. But why the special mention of those of Caesar’s household? As Philippi was a Roman colony, there may have been family links between the officials of the empire in Philippi and those in Rome, and they may have had a special bond as being converts of the apostle. As such they were in a special danger, given the demands of Caesar regarding worshipping him, so this greeting assures their fellows in Philippi that they are surviving, and that they trust they are too.

4:23
The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen.

The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen- this is the customary desire of the apostle at the end of his letters, and his prayer is that we may be in the good of all that the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ has brought within our reach. When he closed his second epistle to the Thessalonians, (in which he warned about forged letters supposed to have come from him), the apostle wrote, “the salutation of Paul with mine own hand, which is the token in every epistle: so I write. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen”, 2 Thessalonians 3:17,18, There are those who think that since the mention of the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ is found at the end of the epistle to the Hebrews, then the apostle must have written that epistle. But any forger could easily have inserted a mention of the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ at the end. But no forger could reproduce the apostle’s style of writing as he penned those closing words. It is not the actual words that prove his authorship, but the style of handwriting, which may have been affected by his poor eyesight, Galatians 4:15.

REVELATION 21

NOTES ON REVELATION 21 

We hope that you find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made. It would be appreciated if the name of the website were to be retained at the end of the article if it is printed for distribution to others. Thank you.

You will find that if you copy the text into Libre Office Writer the formatting will be retained for printing.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the contact form at the end of each article. We would be pleased to hear from you.

Survey of the chapter
By telling us of the great white throne judgement at the end of chapter 20, John has taken us to the end of time as we know it. He now introduces us to eternal conditions, as he tells us he saw a new heaven and a new earth. Ever the evangelist, John is making the point that those who are banished in chapter 20 could have had a part in this blissful scene if they had repented.

It must be admitted that there is a difference of view as to whether the whole of chapter 21, (and the first five verses of chapter 22), is a description of certain aspects of the new heaven and earth, or whether John reverts back to the millenial reign of Christ after 21:8. It will be assumed in these notes that the latter is the case, for the reasons given in the survey of verse 9 onwards.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE BOOK OF THE REVELATION CHAPTER 21, VERSES 1 TO 8:

21:1 And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea.

21:2 And I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.

21:3 And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them, and be their God.

21:4 And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.

21:5 And He that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. And He said unto me, Write: for these words are true and faithful.

21:6 And He said unto me, It is done. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.

21:7 He that overcometh shall inherit all things; and I will be his God, and he shall be My son.

21:8 But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.

 

Verses 1-8 The eternal state

21:1 And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea.

And I saw a new heaven and a new earth- John is a true Seer, able to perceive what shall be in the future as it is brought before his eyes. John is going to briefly describe what he sees, as if looking at it from outside. No-one, not even Adam, could say, before the moment of original creation, “I saw the first heaven and the first earth”. He who created them could, however, for just as an architect has an impression in his mind of what the building will be like before it is built, or even before the plans are drawn up, so Christ, the one who made the worlds, Hebrews 1:2, conceived the plan and then put it into effect. John is privileged to see the new creation, without being the architect. As he languished on Patmos this would be a great encouragement to him, and through him, a great encouragement to believers as they read his account. No wonder there is a blessing for those who read the book, 1:3.
The reason God is able to righteously bring in this new creation is because His Son has given Him the moral right to do so. In theory, sovereign will alone could have determined it and brought it to pass, but God acts on principle. Unless there had been an answer given to the sin of the inhabitants of the first creation, (men and angels), God would have no moral right to sweep away an old creation and bring in a new one. But the propitiatory work of Christ has established that right, having given to God the answer to the demand His own throne made against sin. He must deal with sin, every sin, and clear Himself of any charge that He was not competent to do so.
The work of Christ at Calvary has also ensured that there will not be an eternal cycle of “creation- fall- new creation”. Every question has been settled at Calvary, and God can justly bring in a creation that cannot be spoiled. This is why the apostle Peter described the new heavens and the new earth as being where righteousness dwells, 2 Peter 3:13, for it will be a place where righteousness is completely comfortable, with no iniquity rising up to disturb it.
There is a sense in which the millenial earth and heavens, having been reconciled to God on the basis of the work of Christ, can be described by God as “new heavens and a new earth”, Isaiah 65:17. The apostle Paul wrote, “and, having made peace by the blood of His cross, by Him to reconcile all things unto Himself; by Him, I say, whether they be things in earth or things in heaven”, Colossians 1:20. Note the three-fold use of the word “things”, and the distinction made in the next verse, where the apostle speaks of believers. It is all things that are reconciled, and all believers, but not all men. God had to distance Himself from His creation when its head, Adam, sinned, and He willed to impose the bondage of corruption upon it. That distance has already been bridged as far as believers are concerned, and will soon be bridged as far as inanimate creation is concerned.
The reference to the millenial earth as being the new heavens and new earth is, however, anticipatory, for what is described in the rest of Isaiah 65 is a scene where there are sinners, verse 20, and there will be no sinners in the final heaven and earth.
It is important to remember that the reign of Christ has two aspects, the temporal and the eternal. At first He will reign for a period of one thousand years to deal with all God’s enemies, as detailed in 1 Corinthians 15:23-28. At the end of this period He will deliver up the kingdom to His Father, with all that He was entrusted to do having been done. Then will begin the eternal reign of God the All-in-all. So it was that when the angel announced that Mary was to conceive and bare a son, she was told that “of His kingdom there shall be no end”, Luke 1:33. The reason for that being that He would appropriately be called the Son of God, verse 35. Being one of the persons of the Godhead, He would reign eternally as the Father and the Spirit will do. The reason He is able to continue is given us in Hebrews 1:12, for having spoken of the heavens and the earth being changed, we read of the Son of God, “But Thou art the Same, and Thy years shall not fail”. But God has no years, yet the Son of God, because He is come into manhood, does. He will continue in that manhood for ever.
The apostle Paul wrote of the great change which comes about when men repent and believe the gospel. His words are, “Therefore if any man be in Christ, he is a new creature: old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new”, 2 Corinthians 5:17. The basis upon which this happens is the same basis on which the new heaven and new earth shall be brought in, namely, that God made Christ to be sin, and He effectively dealt with the sin-question. At this point it will be fully realised what was announced on the banks of the Jordan centuries ago, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world”, John 1:29. The Messiah shall “bring in everlasting righteousness”, Daniel 9:24.
The one who believes is made fit to enter into the new heaven and earth when it comes about. All that will need to be changed is the body which links him to the first creation. This change is described in 1 Corinthians 15:50-58.
For the first heaven and the first earth were passed away- John had seen them flee away from the face of His that sat on the throne, 20:11. The apostle Peter tells us that “the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up”, 2 Peter 3:10. He adds in verse 11 that “the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved”.
Men devise their theories about the origin of the universe, and suggest, in unbelief, that it all started with a big bang. The fact is, as the patriarch Job tells us, the creation of the universe was done by God speaking in a whisper, for when He made all things “how little a portion is heard of Him”, Job 26:14. It is the end of all things that will be with a “great noise”.
And there was no more sea- why should this feature be singled out? Consider the following points:
1. Isaiah uses the restless sea as a figure of the wicked. He wrote, “But the wicked are like the troubled sea, when it cannot rest, whose waters cast up mire and dirt. There is no peace, saith my God, to the wicked”, Isaiah 57:20,21. In the new heaven and new earth there will be no wickedness, restlessness, or vileness.
2. The sea is also a reminder of judgement, for it was waters from beneath the sea, combined with waters above the firmament, that flooded the earth in Noah’s day. And then the waters ran back into the sea. So as we look at the sea today we see waters that drowned men.
3. There is also the fact that currently the sea is the seal of the abyss, the prison-house of fallen angels. All such associations will be absent from the new creation. The fallen angels will have been consigned to the place prepared for them and their leader the Devil, even the lake of fire, Matthew 25:41.
4. The fact that the sea will be no more also tells us that the new things shall be radically different, for the sea plays a vital part in the climate of the earth, but will not be needed in the new and eternal conditions spoken of here. This assures us that John is not being shown the millenial earth, for that will have sea.

21:2 And I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.

And I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem- in his gospel John remains anonymous, for he is writing of the Son of God who must not be obscured. Here, however, he is informing us of coming things, and so assures us that he personally saw the things he relates in the book.

During the Great Tribulation, the city of Jerusalem will be called Sodom and Egypt, for it will be a centre for vice and idolatry, and the very opposite of holy, Revelation 11:8. In fact, the Antichrist will set up his image in this place. Here, however, is a city into which no evil may come.

It is called new Jerusalem because of the great difference between it and the old city. Primarily the current city of Jerusalem is noted for its rejection of God’s Son. That is why there needs to be a new Jerusalem, for the old things, including the associations, must pass away. It is also called new because it is the administrative centre of the new earth.

Coming down from God out of heaven- we read in both Old and New Testament the words, “Babylon is fallen, is fallen”, Isaiah 21:9; Revelation 14:8. Thus Satan’s city, the place from which he has masterminded his rebellion against God from the days of Nimrod onwards, will fall, and come to an end, and God’s city will come to the fore, coming down from heaven and never being destroyed.
We are told that Abraham, and the rest of the men of faith of old time, “looked for a city which hath foundations, whose builder and maker is God”, Hebrews 11:10. The contrast is no doubt with the fact that Abraham, Isaac and Jacob dwelt in tents, moving about on a pilgrimage. Abraham had left Ur, a city with foundations, and for the rest of his life lived in a place which had no solid base. The fact that this city comes down from God emphasises that He is the builder of it, and indeed the maker, or architect.
Down through the years, cities have been centres of rebellion against God, for the sins practised in villages are many, but when men gather in cities their sins multiply. This is why it was not until the time of the kings of Israel that the nation had a capital city, for the rule of the king was needed to subdue the sin. In eternity, however, it will be safe for men to dwell in a city, especially because the presence of God will be there.
Prepared as a bride adorned for her husband- a bride adorns herself on her wedding day not only to show her beauty, but also to be a credit to the one to whom she is about to be married. This city is in festal array, thus harmonising with the character of those who dwell within it. In verse 9 an angel offers to shew John the bride, the Lamb’s wife. It seems that in this verse John makes a brief mention of the city as it will be in eternity, and from verse 10 onwards he goes into more detail, as guided by the angel, as to how it will be during the reign of Christ. So it is probably the same city, but at different times.

21:3 And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them, and be their God.

And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying- so the new heaven and new earth are not a substitute for heaven, for after the city has come down there is still a heaven from which a voice can issue.
Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them- somewhat of the sense of wonder at this is expressed by the word “Behold”. King Solomon asked the question, “But will God indeed dwell on the earth? Behold, the heaven and heaven of heavens cannot contain Him; how much less this house that I have builded” 1 Kings 8:27. The answer to Solomon’s question is found in John 1:14, “And the word was made flesh, and dwelt among us”. The coming of the Lord Jesus was the clearest possible signal that God had deep interest in men, and in the Person of His Son was dwelling among them. Christ did not attempt to build a rival temple. He did not need to, for His body was the temple, John 2:21. This coming of the new Jerusalem is but a consequence of Christ’s coming in flesh, for what He did in the body has made it possible for God to dwell among men without compromising His nature or character. That He is said to dwell among men and not angels is testimony to the bond that was forged by His Son becoming man. A leading idea of a tabernacle is that it was a moveable structure. Those who camped around it from time to time made progress. So in eternity, God will dwell with His people and lead them on into an eternal journey, exploring His greatness and glory, and unfolding to them in increasing depth the wonders of the work of His Son.
And they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them, and be their God- we should remember that at this point Christ will have subjected Himself afresh to His Father, so that God may be all in all, 1 Corinthians 15:28. But this does not mean that the relationships established on the basis of the work of Christ at Calvary shall be cancelled. Israel will still be Israel, for God promised that they would be His special people for ever, (see Jeremiah 31:35-37), and the church will still be the church, for there will be glory for God in the church, by Christ Jesus throughout all ages, world without end, Ephesians 3:21. So “they shall be His people” does not cancel former relationships, but is a general statement assuring us that all who dwell in either heaven or earth shall in some way be the people of God. This guarantees their blessedness and their security, for through all eternity He shall be their God. He will always be there for them.

21:4 And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.

And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes- it goes without saying that this will happen before eternity begins for us. Nothing subsequently can cause a tear to fall. What a testimony to the closeness to God that the work of Christ and the indwelling of the Spirit has brought us, for God Himself shall stoop to wipe our tears, as a father would. The causes of tears are now listed.
And there shall be no more death- how many tears have been shed by mourners at the graveside, as believers have seen their loved ones lowered into the earth. They did not sorrow as those who have no hope, 1 Thessalonians 4:12, but they did still sorrow, and fellow-believers wept with them, Romans 12:15. Death shall never intrude into the abiding-place of God, just as death could not stand in the presence of Christ when He was here. For the believer He has abolished death, and brought life and incorruptibility to light through the gospel, 2 Timothy 1:11.
How solemn to remember, however, that multitudes shall be in the lake of fire for all eternity, which is defined twice over as the second death, Revelation 20:14; 21:8. So “there shall be no more death” means in relation to believers.
Neither sorrow- how many tears of regret have been shed over what might have been. Lost opportunities, lost time, wasted energies- all these can cause us sorrow in this life. We should remember that God is able to “restore to you the years that the locust hath eaten”, Joel 2:25. It is never too late on earth to take stock and resolve to be better for God now. Brooding over the past is unproductive and depressing, but “godly sorrow worketh repentance to salvation not to be repented of”, 2 Corinthians 7:10. The salvation in question being salvation from loss of reward at the judgement seat of Christ.
Nor crying- are there not many tears shed out of heart-ache, perhaps over self’s failures, or the lack of spiritual progress of fellow-believers, or the failure of loved-ones to repent and believe? Such an experience will not be possible in eternity, for God will graciously blot out their memory.
Neither shall there be any more pain- ever since the fall of man, pain has been the experience of believers, for their bodies link them still with Adam, even though their souls are saved. There is a sense in which some pain is beneficial, for it alerts us to a problem, or warns us that a particular part of our body should be treated especially gently, perhaps because of bruising. Generally, however, pain is distressing. Whether it be mental pain over circumstances, or physical pain because of persecution for the faith, all such feelings will be gone for the believer, for in the presence of God there is “fulness of joy”, Psalm 16:11.
For the former things are passed away- all those things that caused tears are now classed as former things. They are not relevant in eternity, and their causes have been fully dealt with. Nothing like the sad experiences of earth shall be carried over into eternity; they will be completely banished. There will be no dark side to heaven.

21:5 And He that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. And He said unto me, Write: for these words are true and faithful.

And He that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new- God had spoken at the beginning of the book to announce that He was “Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending”, so it is appopriate for Him, having made an end of the first heaven and earth, and made a beginning of the new, to speak again. He spoke the old earth and heaven into being, and now He speaks again to make new heavens and earth. It is a statement of character, as if to say, “I am the Maker-of-all-things-new”. Everything that is worthy of the description “new” has its origin in God. It is not just the stuff of the new heaven and earth that is made new, but new situations, experiences, feelings, joys, will all be so different to anything we may experience here, that they may rightly be called new, for they will come from God, the great Originator.
And He said unto me, Write: for these words are true and faithful- was there some hesitancy on the part of John to write, because he was so overwhelmed by what he was seeing? But what he saw others must see also, that they may be encouraged as they press on in their earthly pilgrimage, so he is spurred to write.
The natural mind would dismiss the things described in this chapter as fantasy, the sentimental dreaming of the old man John. We are assured that this is not so, for far from being imaginings, they describe that which is real and true. And far from being the thoughts of men, they are God’s faithful and reliable account of what shall be. As such they are worth recording and preserving. God said through Isaiah, “Remember this, and shew yourselves men: bring it again to mind O ye transgressors. Remember the former things of old: For I am God, and there is none else; I am God and there is none like Me, declaring the end from the beginning, and from ancient times the things that are not yet done, Saying, ‘My counsel shall stand, and I will do all My pleasure'”, Isaiah 46:8-10.

21:6 And He said unto me, It is done. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.

And He said unto me, It is done- as far as God is concerned, these things, far off in the future as they are for us, are as good as done. He has purposed, and He will perform. Having declared in the previous verse that He makes all things new, God now can state that it is, as far as He is concerned, done.
I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end- having commanded John to write, He now assures him that as he does so he will not need to go outside of Himself, for Alpha and Omega are the first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Nothing can be written without using these, and all the letters they encompass. All that John had written, and would write in this book was within the Divine limits imposed by who God is, and what He intends to do. He is not just the beginner of everything, but is the beginning. He is not just the concluder of everything, but is the conclusion and the goal. If only as Christians we lived our lives with due regard to these matters, making our God the start and the goal. This would transform our attitudes and therefore our lives.
I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely- we now have a word for each of three classes of people. It is a solemn word, given the fact that the passage is about what shall be in eternity. Here, there is a word for the seeking sinner, one who is hungering and thirsting after righteousness. On God’s side there is a promise, “I will give”. On man’s side there is thirst. And the two come together at the fountain of the water of life, at the very source. It is noticeable that when the Lord Jesus met with the woman of Samaria by the well-side, she used a word for well which means a cistern or pit with water in it. This is all she thought Jacob’s well to be, a shaft with water at the bottom; water, moreover, which might become polluted or stagnant. When the Lord Jesus spoke He used a word meaning fountain, for Jacob had dug down until he found a spring of water coming out of the rock. The contrast is clear, for He offered the woman water from the source, the spring or fountain, unpolluted, running water. But that water was not in Jacob’s well. Its source was in Himself. In old time God described Himself as the fountain of living waters, Jeremiah 2:18, so the source is in the Godhead. But the means of dispensing this water is through Christ, for the Father has given Him to have life in Himself, John 5:26. He always had life as the Son of God, but He is also the vessel from which this life is dispensed to others. And this is what God is indicating here, that He will give the seeking soul water from the very source, Christ Himself. Since the water is a figure for the Holy Spirit, we have here the whole of the Godhead expressing their desire for the blessing of men. God invites, the Son dispenses, the Spirit indwells.

21:7 He that overcometh shall inherit all things; and I will be his God, and he shall be My son.

He that overcometh shall inherit all things- we now have a word of promise for the believer. We have seen from Revelation 2:11 that “overcomer” must be a description of a true believer, or else if it is true that some believers do not overcome, they shall be hurt of the second death. This cannot be true, for believers shall never perish, John 10:28. Christ has made all believers “more than conquerors”, Romans 8:37. By the indwelling Spirit they are enabled to rise above adversity and stumblingblocks.
It is to such people that the promise comes that they will inherit all things. This can only be because of their association with God’s Son, for the Father has already given all things to Him; how can He give them to us independently? It must be through Christ that we inherit. Christ is not only God’s Only begotten Son, but Firstborn Son also. We read that “the Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into His hand”, John 3:35. As Only begotten Son all things are His anyway, but as Firstborn all things are His to give to others. The apostle Paul described the children of God as “heirs of God, and joint heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him, that we may be also glorified together”, Romans 8:17. So the overcomer inherits all things because of association with God’s Firstborn. Isaiah 53:12 said He would divide the spoil with the strong, and this is one way He will do it.
And I will be his God, and he shall be My son- it is God’s will to surround His Son with those that have been made like Him. The apostle Paul wrote, “For whom He did foreknow, He also did predestinate to be conformed to the image of His Son, that He might be the firstborn among many brethren”, Romans 8:29. The way in which this is brought about is found in the next verse, “Moreover, whom He did predestinate, them He also called: and whom He called, them He also justified: and whom He justified, them He also glorified”. Having foreknown His people in eternity, and planned to conform them to the image of His Son, God calls, justifies and glorifies them, so that at the end of that process they are fully conformed them to the image of His Son. Image tells of representation, and God’s sons will be fitted to represent His Son. This is a glorious inheritance.

21:8 But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.

But the fearful- the third word is to the unbeliever, and instead of being a promise, as to the other two classes of men, the seeker and the saint, there is a solemn warning to the unrepentant and uninterested sinner. The saint has a blessed inheritance with Christ, these have their part too, it is their portion in the lake of fire.
The fearful are not those of a nervous disposition naturally, but those who were afraid of the consequences of believing the gospel. They did not understand that when a person believes they are given, amongst many other things, the strength to endure the opposition that will inevitable come because of their faith. These, however, did not accept that, and hence were afraid of what friends, family, or colleagues might think and say and do. Truly “The fear of man bringeth a snare: but whoso putteth his trust in the Lord shall be safe”, Proverbs 29:25.
And unbelieving- since all who shall be in the lake of fire are unbelievers, this must be a special class, those who glory in their unbelief, and promote it. A special punishment awaits those who lead others astray in this important matter. Many a religious leader shall perish because he has peddled lies to the ruin of the souls of those who looked to him for guidance. As the Lord Jesus said, “And if the blind lead the blind, both shall fall into the ditch”, Matthew 15:14.
And the abominable- there are certain practices that even unsaved people find distasteful, and turn away from in disgust. If this is the reaction of sinners, what must be the reaction of a thrice-holy God? All such must be banished from His presence and punished for their perverted lives. Nevertheless, these persons are listed here so they that may be warned. There are no depths of degradation into which a man may sink, from which the grace of God cannot lift Him. As Hannah said, “He lifteth up the beggar from the dunghill, to set them among princes, and to make them inherit the throne of glory”, 1 Samuel 2:8. The previous verse in our chapter has told us about the princes; God’s sons, made like His own dear Son.
And murderers- God is the Living God, and “He giveth to all life, and breath and all things”, Acts 17:25. When He made man He made him “in His own image”, Genesis 1:27. An image is that which represents something else. The penny that the Lord used to illustrate a point had the image of Caesar on it, and therefore it represented Caesar and his rule over Palestine, Matthew 22:18-21. Man was created to represent God, the one who ruleth over all. He was fitted to do this because, like God, man had personality, (he was conscious of himself and his abilities); spirituality, (he was more than a collection of atoms, and appreciated God); morality, (he had a sense of what was good); and rationality, (he could think, reason, purpose, decide, and understand). Not only had man a duty to represent God in these ways, but he also had distinctiveness as he did so. He could do things that animals cannot. He could believe God, have a sense of duty, had a desire to know, could enjoy beauty and harmony. He exists for ever, has a will to act, and can translate thoughts into words.
Since man is such a special creature, with features no animal shares, his life is precious to God. (We should remember that man is still made in the similitude of God, James 3:9, even though man’s sinfulness makes that likeness very faint. In principle it is still there). To cause that life to cease is to cause the man’s vocation to cease. And since that vocation is to represent God, this is a very serious matter.
This is why after the flood, God pronounced the death penalty on murder. His words were, “And surely your blood of your lives will I require; at the hand of every beast will I require it, and at the hand of man; at the hand of every man’s brother will I require the life of man. Whoso sheddeth man’s blood, by man shall his blood be shed: for in the image of God made He man”, Genesis 9:5,6. The time before the flood had been marked by violence, and now a restraint is put upon that violence.
Note the reason for the command, expressed in the last phrase just quoted, the fact that man is made in the image of God. All who effectively erase that image have forfeited their right to continue to live, for they clearly do not represent the Living God, and that is the purpose of their life.
All who murder are to be executed. This is God’s command, which has never been revoked. God will hold to account those in authority who defy this command, and sanction a lesser penalty for murder. It is a strange thing, that if a dog or other animal turns into a killer, it is put down by common consent, (unwittingly obeying part of God’s command quoted above, “at the hand of every beast will I require it”), but if a man kills, he is not executed. This is an indication of man’s warped sense of justice, and his failure to clearly distinguish between right and wrong.
It should be noted that abortion is murder. Notice the distinction made between life and breath in the quotation just made from Acts 17:25. Life begins at the moment of conception; breathing begins later. Mothers who have an abortion, (except perhaps in very exceptional circumstances), doctors who perform it, and those who legalise it, are complicit in the crime of murder, and shall pay the ultimate and eternal penalty, unless they genuinely repent and believe the gospel. There is forgiveness for the most wicked of sins through the sacrifice of Christ, for the blood of Christ is available to cleanse from all sin, and all unrighteousness, 1 John 1:7,9. But the opportunity to claim that forgiveness is limited to our lifetime. Once eternity is entered, that opportunity will be gone.
And whoremongers- these are they who promote, condone, or engage in immorality of whatever sort. God has made it clear from the beginning “Therefore shall leave his father and mother, and cleave unto his wife: and they should be one flesh”, Genesis 2:24. The “therefore” at the beginning of the sentence tells us that this is the result of other things. Those other things being, first, that God made them male and female in the beginning, hence it is God’s will that man should marry woman. For a man to “marry” a man, or a woman to “marry” a woman is a perversion of the Divine order, and will be judged. Second, because woman was made from man, there is an in-built attraction the one for the other, and when they marry there begins a life-long process of becoming one flesh. This is a different idea from being joined in body, although it usually includes it. Because Adam was able to say “this is now…flesh of my flesh”, Genesis 2:23, he recognised that the woman was very different to the animals he had named before she was made. She, unlike them, shared his nature, being of the same flesh.
The Lord Jesus used the words of Genesis 1:27, “male and female created He them”, and 2:23,24, “For this cause shall a man leave father and mother, and shall cleave to his wife: and they twain shall be one flesh”, to teach the sanctity and permanency of marriage, and the wickedness of undermining it, Matthew 19:3-12.
And sorcerers- these are those who are taken up with occult practices, and who are consequently in league with the Devil. God has made it clear that He will judge those of this sort. He said through Isaiah, “And when they shall say unto you, ‘Seek unto them that have familiar spirits, and unto wizards that peep, and that mutter:’ Should not a people seek unto their God? For the living to the dead? If they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them”, Isaiah 8:19,20. And the New Testament reinforces this, for the apostle Paul listed witchcraft amongst the works of the flesh, and added, “they which do such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God”, Galatians 5:21.
And idolaters- if sorcerers are in league with the Devil and his agents wilfully, then idolaters are those who are on the fringe of the evil, unless they become initiated into the mysteries of false religions. Little does the idol-worshipper realise that behind his idol lurks an evil spirit, for the apostle Paul wrote, “the things that the Gentiles sacrifice, they sacrifice to devils and not to God”, 1 Corinthians 10:20. All idolaters shall be in the Lake of Fire, not just those who have worshipped the image of the Beast as described in this book.
And all liars- all who do not believe the gospel are governed by the one whom the Lord Jesus described as “a liar, and the father of it”, John 8:44, even the Devil himself. Adam and Eve listened to his lies in the garden of Eden, and they thereby allied themselves to the one who is the enemy of the truth. When they sinned their nature changed, and Adam passed this sin-nature on to the rest of men, for “by one man sin entered into the world”, Romans 5:12. This is why the psalmist said that “The wicked are estranged from the womb: They go astray as soon as they be born, speaking lies”, Psalm 58:5. Children do not have to be taught to lie, for they have an in-built capacity to do it. All shall be damned that believe not the truth, 2 Thessalonians 2:12.
Shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone- in verse 7 the inheritance of those who believe is described, for “He that overcometh shall inherit all things”. Here the dreadful inheritance of the unsaved is spoken of, not in any spiteful way, but in an evangelistic way, so that men may heed the warning and flee from the wrath to come. The saved shall have an inheritance they do not deserve, but the unsaved deserve their lot, for they had the daring to disobey God’s Son, and continue in their sin, John 3:36.
The lake of fire is the place of endless torment for the unsaved. The Lord Jesus spoke of it using the word Gehenna, and described it as “the fire that never shall be quenched, where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched”, Mark 9:43,44. Three times over He speaks those solemn words, that men may be warned. Let not any think they can over-ride His words, and teach that after death there is oblivion. Scripture says, “it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgement”, Hebrews 9:27. But lest it be thought that God takes any pleasure in “the death of him that dieth”, the passage says, “so also Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many”. In other words, men die and are judged afterwards with a constant judgement, but there is a way of escape in Him who bore the sins of many in the darkness of Calvary. He bore judgement so that men might not do so if they rest in Him and His work.
The Lord Jesus spoke of the resurrection of damnation, when they that have done evil shall come forth from their graves, John 5:29. So death is not the end, for there will be a resurrection even for unbelievers. They shall stand before God in the bodies they used to sin against Him, and then those bodies shall be “salted with fire”, Mark 9:49, so that just as salt preserves from change, so the fire shall preserve for more fire, for all eternity. Truly “It is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the Living God”, Hebrews 10:31.
Which is the second death- this is the second time we have been told this, see 20:14, such is the gravity of the truth, and such is the concern of God that we be warned. It is important to remember the difference between life and existence. All created things have existence, but not all have life. Life and death are states of existence. When a person dies they move from one state of existence to another, namely from life to death. That person does not cease to exist, for the soul continues. So when an unsaved person dies, he moves from one state to another, but still exists. He moves from natural life on earth, to a state where his body is in the grave and his soul is in hell. At the resurrection of damnation he will move from a state of death to a state where he has been raised from the dead to stand before God at the great white throne judgement. After having heard God’s condemning verdict, (for all who stand before God’s throne at the end of time shall be condemned), he will then change his state again, and will be cast, body and soul, into the lake of fire. It is this latter state of things that is called the second death. The first death meant the separation of his body from his soul and spirit, the second death means eternal separation from God in the place of torment. As the wise man Job said of this situation, “But his flesh upon him shall have pain, and his soul within him shall mourn”, Job 14:22.

Survey of 21:9-22:5
We have looked at the description of the eternal state in the first part of the chapter, and now we consider the millenial age that precedes it.

The following are reasons for adopting the view that these verses do indeed refer to the millenial age:

1. A link is established with the end of the Tribulation Period in verse 9 by the fact that it one of the angels of judgement that speaks with John. One of the results of those judgements was that “great Babylon came into remembrance before God”, 16:19. That city was thought of as a harlot, so it is fitting that John should be shown the city of Jerusalem as “the bride, the Lamb’s wife”, 21:9.

2. In chapter 1 John had projected his mind to the Lord’s Day, when He would reign. But he was brought back from that to consider things nearer in time. So it is in chapters 21 and 22. Having briefly considered the new heaven and earth in verses 1-8, the angel brings John back to consider Christ’s millenial reign. Having done this, John is again brought back, for the Lord Jesus Himself says to him, “Behold I come quickly”, 22:7, a reference to His coming at the rapture. So John is brought right back to his current point in time, as he waited for the coming of the Lord.

3. There are references to the sun and the moon not being needed in the city, implying that the sun and moon would be needed outside of the city.

4. There is the mention of nations, and the kings of the earth in verse 24. Now the nation-state is first mentioned in Genesis 10:5,20, 31,32, where we learn how men were divided after the rebellion of the tower of Babel. Nationhood is God’s safeguard against the whole world rebelling against Himself. One of the achievements of the Antichrist will be to unite the world against God, and this is hindered by there being different nations. This will still be needed in the millenium, because there will be unbelievers at that time, and at the end of the reign of Christ many of them will rise up against Him. The only nation in eternity with be Israel, for God shall give Christ the throne of His father David, “and He shall rule over the house of Jacob for ever; and of His kingdom there shall be no end”, Luke 1:33.

5. There is the mention of a month in 22:2, which is a measurement of time, and this is not relevant in eternity.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE BOOK OF THE REVELATION CHAPTER 21, VERSES 9 TO 27:

21:9 And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew thee the bride, the Lamb’s wife.

21:10 And he carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain, and shewed me that great city, the holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God,

21:11 Having the glory of God: and her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal;

21:12 And had a wall great and high, and had twelve gates, and at the gates twelve angels, and names written thereon, which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel:

21:13 On the east three gates; on the north three gates; on the south three gates; and on the west three gates.

21:14 And the wall of the city had twelve foundations, and in them the names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb.

21:15 And he that talked with me had a golden reed to measure the city, and the gates thereof, and the wall thereof.

21:16 And the city lieth foursquare, and the length is as large as the breadth: and he measured the city with the reed, twelve thousand furlongs. The length and the breadth and the height of it are equal.

21:17 And he measured the wall thereof, an hundred and forty and four cubits, according to the measure of a man, that is, of the angel.

21:18 And the building of the wall of it was of jasper: and the city was pure gold, like unto clear glass.

21:19 And the foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner of precious stones. The first foundation was jasper; the second, sapphire; the third, a chalcedony; the fourth, an emerald;

21:20 The fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the seventh, chrysolyte; the eighth, beryl; the ninth, a topaz; the tenth, a chrysoprasus; the eleventh, a jacinth; the twelfth, an amethyst.

21:21 And the twelve gates were twelve pearls: every several gate was of one pearl: and the street of the city was pure gold, as it were transparent glass.

21:22 And I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.

21:23 And the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof.

21:24 And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it.

21:25 And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day: for there shall be no night there.

21:26 And they shall bring the glory and honour of the nations into it.

21:27 And there shall in no wise enter into it any thing that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life.

Structure of the section

(a) Verses 9-11 Holy Jerusalem and its glo
(b) Verses 12-21 Holy Jerusalem and its wall
(c) Verses 22-27 Holy Jerusalem and its light
(d) 22:1-2 Holy Jerusalem and its river
(e) 22:3-5 Holy Jerusalem and its conditions

Survey of the section

As already indicated, we shall look at these verses as being the description of the state of things during the millenial reign of Christ, just as the following section, (from 22:6 to the end of the book), has to do with matters in the light of the coming of Christ for the church, which brings to an end this current age.

(a) Verses 9-11 Holy Jerusalem and its glory

21:9 And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew thee the bride, the Lamb’s wife.

And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues- it would be strange to mention the plagues of the tribulation in connection with the eternal state, for there shall be no remembrance of former judgements then. Here a link is being established between God’s judgements and the result of them, for the prophet said, “For when Thy judgements are in the earth, the inhabitants of the world will learn righteousness”, Isaiah 26:9. Interestingly, that chapter begins with the words, “We have a strong city: salvation will God appoint with bulwarks”, verse 1. Then in verse 5 the prophet speaks of the lofty city being laid low, a reference no doubt to the fall of Babylon. One of the angels involved in the seven last plagues showed John the destruction of that city, so perhaps this is the angel mentioned here, see 16:17,19; 17:1. He had showed John the judgement of the great whore, the unholy city, and now he shows him the blessedness of the holy city, the bride of the Lamb.
And talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew thee the bride, the Lamb’s wife- we know from Ephesians 3:10 that angels take a great interest in the church, for they learn the manifold wisdom of God from it. Just as Babylon was called the whore, indicative of the immorality, both literal and metaphorical, she represented, so, in contrast, this city is called the bride, the Lamb’s wife. The prophets often likened the idolatry of the nation of Israel to adultery, for it was love of another rather than the love of God her husband. Here the church is seen as a pure bride, with love only for her Saviour, the Lamb. He is described as being without blemish and without spot, 1 Peter 1:19, and she has been made suitable to Him, for she is “a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing”, and is “holy and without blemish”, Ephesians 5:27. She is like this solely because of the cleansing power of the blood of the Lamb.

21:10 And he carried me away in the Spirit to a great and high mountain, and shewed me that great city, the holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God,

And he carried me away in the Spirit to a great and high mountain- when John was shown the harlot-city, he was carried away in the spirit into the wilderness, for evil always brings in barrenness and dearth, 17:3. Here John is taken to that which represents a kingdom, for this city is no doubt the administrative centre of a great kingdom, and one that is more elevated than any other.
And shewed me that great city, the holy Jerusalem- the word “that” suggests that John has referred to this city before, as indeed he has, in verse 2. Here he is about to be given more details about it. In 17:18 Babylon was described as “that great city”, but her greatness consisted of the enormity of her wickedness. Here holy Jerusalem is called great because of the glory that shines in her. The Harlot-city was the centre of great unholiness, but this city has the holiness of God about it.
Descending out of heaven from God- in verse 2 this city had come down from God to be positioned over the new earth after earth and heaven had fled away at the end of time. John now sees the original descent of the city at the start of the millenial reign of Christ.

21:11 Having the glory of God: and her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal;

Having the glory of God- we read in verse 23 that the glory of God lightened the city, but it is also true that this city’s inhabitants are all glorified saints, and manifest the glory of Christ, being conformed to His image, Romans 8:29.
And her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal- in 4:3 John likened God to a jasper and a sardine stone. Since the light of the city was like a jasper stone, and because this particular jasper stone is clear as crystal, we learn that the very glory of God shone forth, radiating its light from the city. The apostle Paul wrote, “For God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ”, 2 Corinthians 4:6. We learn from this that when God said at the beginning, “Let there be light”, the light shone out from within the darkness. This is an illustration of what should happen with the believer. At the moment of conversion the light of the glory of God seen in Christ shone into our hearts. There is a purpose in this, for we are to radiate the light of the glory that is in our hearts so as to give it to others. The light is not from ourselves, so in that sense is out of the darkness, but it should shine out of ourselves to God’s glory and the blessing of men. Now if this is true now, it is no surprise that the heavenly city radiates with the glory of God, for its inhabitants all have bodies of glory, and are able to do fully what they did partially on earth. The light is clear and crystal, for there are no impurities of earth to cloud the glory.

(b)   Verses 12-21   Holy Jerusalem and its wall

21:12 And had a wall great and high, and had twelve gates, and at the gates twelve angels, and names written thereon, which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel:

And had a wall great and high- we can understand the city having a great and high wall, for in the millenial reign of Christ there will still be unbelievers, and at the end of the thousand years we know they will compass the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city, 20:9. This wall therefore gives to the inhabitants a sense of security, and also serves as a barrier, for no unbelievers shall be allowed to enter. Perhaps the wall will be dispensed with in eternity, for no mention is made of it in verse 2.
And had twelve gates- this is the number that tells of administration in Scripture, and reminds us that the city is a centre of government.
And at the gates twelve angels- access to this city is carefully monitored. Only those written in the Lamb’s book of life will gain access, and no doubt the angel at the gate will ensure that this is the case. In any case, only those with glorified bodies will be able to rise to this city.
And names written thereon, which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel- one of the gates of Jerusalem in Bible times was the Damascus Gate, for that was where the road to Damascus began. So here, the twelve gates each lead to their respective tribes’ territory. In this way all of the tribes have an interest in the city. Whilst the church has higher blessings than Israel, the nation has not been obliterated. This mention of the twelve tribes must be a great difficulty to those who do not believe in the millenial reign of Christ, and transfer all of Israel’s blessings to the church.
Notice that the twelve tribes are mentioned, for the division of the nation has come to an end, and the old rivalries are gone. Hosea wrote of this time, “Then shall the children of Judah and the children of Israel be gathered together, and appoint themselves one head”, Hosea 1:11. And Ezekiel wrote, “Thus saith the Lord God, ‘Behold I will take the children of Israel from among the heathen, whither they be gone, and will gather them on every side, and bring them into their own land: and I will make them one nation in the land upon the mountains of Israel; and one king shall be king to them all: and they shall be no more two nations, neither shall they be divided into two kingdoms any more at all…so shall they be My people, and I will be their God'”, Ezekiel 37:22,23.

21:13 On the east three gates; on the north three gates; on the south three gates; and on the west three gates.

On the east three gates- when Israel were encamped round the tabernacle in the wilderness they were arranged in groups of three tribes on each of the four sides. But for them there was only one gate, at the east. There was only one way to God, by means of the altar of sacrifice, but there will be an individual way from God when each tribe-member has visited the city. He will take away his own personal experience of God. Because the name of his tribe is inscribed on the gate, he will not lose his way.
On the north three gates; on the south three gates; and on the west three gates- John does not go round in order, but from east to north to south to west. In the millenium the territories of the tribes will be in the order, from the north to south, Dan, Asher, Naphtali, Mannasseh, Ephraim, Reuben, Judah, Benjamin, Simeon, Issacher, Zebulon, Gad, Ezekiel 48:1-7; 23-29.

Special note
It might well be asked, if this city is suspended above the earth, how any from earth can reach it? The answer to this is simple, and may be answered by asking another question. How will church saints get from earth to heaven? And how will they come subsequently with Christ to earth when they are manifested with Him? The fact is that the resurrection body will not be limited as our present body is. It will be a body that is incorrupt, glorious, powerful and spiritual, 1 Corinthians 15:42-44. As such it will be able to soar to heaven, and earthly saints, like the Old Testament saints and tribulation saints, will be able to rise at will to the holy city. Only those who are believers shall be able to do this, so the holy city will be kept holy in this way.
And if it be asked how those who are alive when Christ comes to reign shall be able to do this, not having died, the answer is that they will be changed in the same way as saints will be when Christ comes for the church. This is a matter addressed by the apostle in 1 Corinthians 15:50-57. There the apostle unfolds the mystery as to how living saints can have resurrection bodies. The answer is, that “we shall not all sleep”, (that is, not all believers will die), “but we shall all be changed”. And what we are changed to is the likeness to Christ in His resurrection body, so it will be as if we have died, even though we have in fact not died.

21:14 And the wall of the city had twelve foundations, and in them the names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb.

And the wall of the city had twelve foundations- again the number twelve occurs, this time reminding us of the solid basis of the administration of the city.
And in them the names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb- the Lord Jesus said to His apostles, “Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed Me, in the regeneration when the Son of man shall sit on the throne of His glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel”, Matthew 19:28. By regeneration is meant the new state of things brought about when Christ reigns on the earth. So the apostles shall administer the twelve tribes. This explains why it was so necessary to replace Judas after he had fallen, not only so that the apostles could present a united front on the day of Pentecost, (“Peter, standing up with the eleven”, Acts 2:14), but also to bring the number of the future judges of Israel up to the right number.
The church itself is built upon the doctrinal foundation of the apostles and prophets, Ephesians 2:20, without specifying any number, but the administrative government of the earth is by the twelve apostles that followed Him on earth.

21:15 And he that talked with me had a golden reed to measure the city, and the gates thereof, and the wall thereof.

And he that talked with me had a golden reed to measure the city- it is an angel who talks with John, but he refers to him as if on a level in one sense, for he will describe himself later as “thy fellow-servant, and of thy brethren the prophets”, 22:9. This might suggest that we shall converse with the angels in eternity, as well as with the Lord and one another of course. A reed is an earthly measure, using an earthly plant, but it is made of gold, which is appropriate, since it is the city of God that is being measured.
And the gates thereof, and the wall thereof- we are told the measurements of the city and the walls, but not of the gates. Perhaps the measured city and walls tell us that they are Divinely limited, and form a secure place for the inhabitants, but there is free access through the gates for those who are not defiled.

21:16 And the city lieth foursquare, and the length is as large as the breadth: and he measured the city with the reed, twelve thousand furlongs. The length and the breadth and the height of it are equal.

And the city lieth foursquare, and the length is as large as the breadth- the city is of fixed and stable proportions, and is not like the sprawling cities of earth, which tend to extend until they merge.
And he measured the city with the reed, twelve thousand furlongs- this is equivalent to 1500 English miles, which makes an area of one billion and four hundred and forty million acres. Of course we do not know how many shall live in this city, but clearly it will be a pleasant garden-city, worthy of the one who in the beginning Himself planted a garden, Genesis 2:8.
The length and the breadth and the height of it are equal- notice that when the angel measures the city John only tells us the length and the breadth. Now he tells us the height of it. Now bear in mind that this city descends from heaven, but is not said to come to earth; it is stationed over the earth, for the nations shall walk in the light of it, as if it is a light in the sky. But now John mentions the height of it as being equal to the length and breadth. It is suggested therefore that by height is meant the altitude of the city above the earth. After all, is it a pleasing prospect to dwell in the middle of a city in the shape of a cube, with 750 miles to the outside?
Earth’s moon is 2158 miles in diameter, and the holy city is 1500 miles across, so it is 70% smaller than the moon. But the moon is 235,000 miles away, whereas the city is 1500 miles above the earth. So the city is 156 times nearer than the moon. So if it were the same size as the moon it would look 156 times as big; but since it is only 70% of the size of the moon it would look 109 times as big. The full moon occupies a surprisingly small area of the sky, for it is only 1 degree across. This means that the holy city would appear to be two hand-spans plus three middle fingers across, when an observer’s arms are stretched out fully. This would make it large enough to be conspicuous, but not so large as to be ominous.

21:17 And he measured the wall thereof, an hundred and forty and four cubits, according to the measure of a man, that is, of the angel.

And he measured the wall thereof, an hundred and forty and four cubits- again we have a multiple of twelve, and if a cubit is approximately 18″ long, then the wall is 72 yards high. If the city is a cube of 1500 miles, and its sides that high, this would be out of proportion. But if the city is two-dimensional and not three-dimensional, this height of wall is entirely appropriate.
According to the measure of a man, that is, of the angel- does this tell us that angels are the same height as men? An earthly being is here likened to a heavenly one.

21:18 And the building of the wall of it was of jasper: and the city was pure gold, like unto clear glass.

And the building of the wall of it was of jasper- the building means the structure, so the wall is composed of the jasper stone, which verse 11 tells us shone with the glory of God, being like crystal. The wall in no way hinders the outshining of the glory from the city itself.
And the city was pure gold, like unto clear glass- the prophet described Babylon as “the golden city”, because of the riches and earthly glory that were concentrated there. This city, on the other hand, is of pure gold, for there is no defilement or unholiness in this city of God. The gold is clearly not of the earthly sort, for it is like glass, able to allow the glory of God to shine forth.

21:19 And the foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner of precious stones. The first foundation was jasper; the second, sapphire; the third, a chalcedony; the fourth, an emerald;

21:20 The fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the seventh, chrysolyte; the eighth, beryl; the ninth, a topaz; the tenth, a chrysoprasus; the eleventh, a jacinth; the twelfth, an amethyst.

And the foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner of precious stones- normally, foundations are not visible, being embedded in the earth for stability. There is no need for this here, for the wall does not depend on physical forces to support it. So the foundations of the wall can be seen, and are embellished with precious stones of many sorts.
The first foundation was jasper; the second, sapphire; the third, a chalcedony; the fourth, an emerald; the fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the seventh, chrysolyte; the eighth, beryl; the ninth, a topaz; the tenth, a chrysoprasus; the eleventh, a jacinth; the twelfth, an amethyst- the wall has twelve foundations, so each jewel decorates one of the foundations.
On the high priest’s breastplate were twelve stones, and on those jewels were inscribed the names of the tribes of Israel “according to their tribes”. This is usually thought to mean “according to the way in which they were arranged around the tabernacle”, since Balaam saw the children of Israel around the tabernacle “according to their tribes”, Numbers 24:2. Now when Joshua was investigating why Israel had been defeated at Ai, he ordered them to be brought before him “according to your tribes”, Joshua 7:14, and he began with Judah.
Instead of the names of the tribes, however, (they were on the gates), it was the names of the twelve apostles that were inscribed on the foundations. No doubt Christ’s choice of these men had this in mind, and they will be uniquely fitted to administer their allotted tribe.

21:21 And the twelve gates were twelve pearls: every several gate was of one pearl: and the street of the city was pure gold, as it were transparent glass.

And the twelve gates were twelve pearls- whereas natural precious stones come from beneath the earth, pearls come from the depths of the sea. Such will have been the experience of the nation of Israel, for God’s intention was that Israel should be special to Him, as He said to them in the day when He made a covenant with them, “if ye will obey My voice indeed and keep My covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto Me above all people: for all the earth is Mine”, Exodus 19:5. God could have chosen any nation, for all were His, (“all the earth is Mine”), but He chose Israel. And the word used for “peculiar treasure” is translated “jewels” in Malachi 3:17. Sadly, however, Israel failed to keep the covenant and were carried away into captivity amongst the Gentile nations. They were hidden in the “sea” of the Gentiles, but one day they shall be brought back into favour, and every time a believing Israelite enters through the gates of the city he will be reminded of God’s recovering grace.
Every several gate was of one pearl- this means that each gate was a separate entity, so the experience of each tribe under the hand of God was preserved in memory.
And the street of the city was pure gold, as it were transparent glass- as soon as the visitor enters within the gates, he will find that all is of God, and he treads, not the streets of the Gentile cities any longer, but God’s street, for it is of pure gold, yet not the gold of earth, for it lets through the glory of God.

(c)   Verses 22-27   Holy Jerusalem and its light

21:22 And I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.

And I saw no temple therein- it is as if John is entering into the gates to explore, and being a spiritual man, he will immediately seek out the presence of God. He does not find a specific location however, for the reason next given. The temple to Marduk in Babylon was very conspicuous. Here, all is different.
For the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it- the presence of God and the Lamb so pervades the scene that no part can be said to be more the presence of God than another.
As we noticed in connection with 11:17, God as the Almighty is first mentioned in the word to Abraham, “I am the Almighty God, walk before Me and be thou perfect”, Genesis 17:1. And He said to Moses, “I am the Lord: and I appeared unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob, by the name of God Almighty, but by My name Jehovah I was not known to them. And I have also established My covenant with them, to give them the land of Canaan”, Exodus 6:2,3,4. So at a critical point in the history of His dealings with the seed of Abraham, just as He was about to deliver Israel from the bondage of Egypt, He established that He is Lord, as well as being God Almighty. Lord will be the title Israel will give Him, whereas God Almighty had been the title the patriarchs had used. As God He has power, as Lord He has authority, as Almighty He has sufficiency.
The title Lamb, however, will be especially precious to the remnant of Israel, for it is through His blood that they will have been redeemed. The same is true of the saints of this age, for as the apostle Peter writes, “”Forasmuch as ye know that ye were not redeemed with corruptible things…but with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot”, 1 Peter 1:18,19. Not only so, but John the Baptist looked upon Jesus as He walked, and said “Behold the Lamb of God”, John 1:31. So not only does the title “Lamb” remind us of His death, it also reminds us of His life and pathway here. So when we are told that “the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it”, we realise that God’s presence is marked by the full range of His attributes, and the full range of their manifestation by Christ on earth. We should not forget that the city is metaphorically the Lamb’s wife, verse 9.

21:23 And the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof.

And the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it- this is not to say that the sun and moon do not exist at this point; rather, it is that they are not needed in the heavenly city. No created object shall contribute to the glorious light of this city.
For the glory of God did lighten it- that which the titles just mentioned bring to our minds is the glory of God.
And the Lamb is the light thereof- here is testimony to the equality of the persons of the Godhead, for there are not competing lights here; they shine with the same glory. So the light that illumines the city is Divine glory, and the lamp, the vessel that holds the light, is the Lamb. As ever, He is the brightness of the glory of God, Hebrews 1:3, for it is expressed in and through Him. It is as if the lamp in the Holy Place and the Shekinah glory in the Holiest of all of the tabernacle are now seen to be one light.

21:24 And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it.

And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it- the Lord Jesus said that when He, as the Son of man, comes in glory to set up His kingdom, “before Him shall be gathered all nations”, Matthew 25:32. He shall then proceed to divide them up into believers and unbelievers. The distinguishing feature about the believers being that they had helped Christ’s brethren, the Jewish remnant at the time, and also those who had preached the gospel of the kingdom. John tells us that “he that doeth righteousness is righteous”, 1 John 3:7. In other words, righteous deeds can only be done by those who have had Divine righteousness imputed to them, and who are therefore righteous by faith. These believers from the nations will enter Christ’s kingdom, whereas the unbelievers will not. But these believers will keep their national identity, and are described in our chapter as “the nations of them that are saved”. Because they are saved, they will be comfortable as they walk in the light of the glory of God that shines from this heavenly city. It is only those who hate the light that do not come to the light, John 3:20. This is why those who rebel against Christ at the end of His kingdom come from the four quarters of the earth, for they had removed themselves as far as possible from the light of the city, and contented themselves with the light of the sun and the moon.
And the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it- not only shall there be nations consisting of saved persons, but there shall also be saved kings over them. They shall bring their glory, not in the sense they will come to parade themselves, but will bring that which will glorify God and the Lamb, just as the wise men worshipped the infant Christ and presented unto Him their gifts, Matthew 2:11. So the nations shall live their lives by its light, but the kings, no doubt as representatives of those nations, will actually come into the city to present their gifts. This shows they must be saved persons, or else they would not be able to rise to the city, not having glorified bodies.

21:25 And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day: for there shall be no night there.

And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day- there will still be day and night on earth, and during the day time the worshippers will have free access to the city.
For there shall be no night there- there will be a constant stream of worshippers, for those on one side of the earth shall come when it is day for them, and then those from the other side of the earth. So the gates shall not be shut at all, for it will always be daytime on earth for someone who wants to come. And as for the city itself, it will be as the hymn-writer said, “the land of fadeless day”.

21:26 And they shall bring the glory and honour of the nations into it.

And they shall bring the glory and honour of the nations into it- this seems to revert back to the kings of verse 24, who shall bring, not just their personal offerings to the King, but also the gifts of the nations they rule over. Perhaps glory is their response to the Being of God, honour their response to the doings of God.

21:27 And there shall in no wise enter into it any thing that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life.

And there shall in no wise enter into it any thing that defileth- there will be no way that an unbeliever will gain entry into this holy city. They will never find any way, (“no wise”), to overcome their lack of a spiritual body. The unbeliever is not only defiled but defiling, like the leper of old. The apostle Paul listed ten sorts of people that shall not enter into the kingdom of God, 1 Corinthians 6:9,10, but he could say of those in the assembly at Corinth, “And such were some of you: but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are justified, in the name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of God”, verse 11. They had realised that they could not associate with the name of Christ unless they had been washed from their defilement, and this is what had happened. These mentioned here, however, were barred as unwashed sinners. Remember that there will be sinners during the millenial reign of Christ, as Isaiah 65:20 makes clear.
Neither whatsoever worketh abomination- any who practise that which is in any way abhorrent to God shall be excluded.
Or maketh a lie- notice that in these three particular conditions it is something that is done by the one seeking to enter, either “defileth”, or “worketh”, or “maketh”. There is active sinning in view in each case. These people are practising a lie, for “worketh” and “maketh” are covered by one word. As such, their activity is totally unsuited to the city of the God of truth. They have not learnt the lesson from those who perished because they believed the Antichrist’s lie, 2 Thessalonians 2:11,12.
But they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life- this is the deciding factor. Only those who believe have their names written there. Paul could write of those who laboured with him in the making known of the gospel, that their names were in the book of life, Philippians 4:3. It would be well to challenge our hearts about this matter, and ask whether we practise a lie, or believe the truth of the gospel, and seek to further it.

GENESIS 1:1-19

NOTES ON GENESIS 1:1-19

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE BOOK OF GENESIS CHAPTER ONE, VERSES 1 TO 13:

1:1 In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.

1:2 And the earth was without form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the deep. And the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters.

1:3 And God said, Let there be light: and there was light.

1:4 And God saw the light, that it was good: and God divided the light from the darkness.

1:5 And God called the light Day, and the darkness He called Night. And the evening and the morning were the first day.

1:6 And God said, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the waters, and let it divide the waters from the waters.

1:7 And God made the firmament, and divided the waters which were under the firmament from the waters which were above the firmament: and it was so.

1:8 And God called the firmament Heaven. And the evening and the morning were the second day.

1:9 And God said, Let the waters under the heaven be gathered together unto one place, and let the dry land appear: and it was so.

1:10 And God called the dry land Earth; and the gathering together of the waters called He Seas: and God saw that it was good.

1:11 And God said, Let the earth bring forth grass, the herb yielding seed, and the fruit tree yielding fruit after his kind, whose seed is in itself, upon the earth: and it was so.

1:12 And the earth brought forth grass, and herb yielding seed after his kind, and the tree yielding fruit, whose seed was in itself, after his kind: and God saw that it was good.

1:13 And the evening and the morning were the third day.

1:14 And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of the heaven to divide the day from the night; and let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years:

1:15 And let them be for lights in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth: and it was so.

1:16 And God made two great lights; the greater light to rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the night: He made the stars also.

1:17 And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth,

1:18 And to rule over the day and over the night, and to divide the light from the darkness: and God saw that it was good.

1:19 And the evening and the morning were the fourth day.

Subject of the chapter
This chapter contains the inspired account of the creation of the material of the heaven and the earth, verse 1, and then their subsequent formation and filling, verses 2-31. There is nothing unscientific about the chapter, for it tells us what really happened. Whilst the Bible does not set out to be a science textbook, nothing within its pages is unscientific, and it is certainly not anti-scientific. The word “science” comes from the Latin verb “to know”. True knowledge is based on evidence. It cannot be based on mere theories. After all, men might speculate about origins, and propose their theories, but as God said to Job, “Where wast thou when I laid the foundations of the earth?” Since no-one except God was there when the events took place, is it not sensible to take note when He has put it on record for us?

Of course, because man is a sinner, and his mind has been affected badly by his sin, he does not like the implications of what this chapter contains. The reason for this being that if God introduces Himself as the creator of all men, then He has a claim upon them. The natural heart of man is not comfortable with the idea of being responsible to God, especially because when we come on to chapter two of the Book of Genesis we find that God issues laws, and warns of judgement if those laws are not obeyed. And then when we move to chapter three we find that those laws, when disobeyed, really do meet with the judgement of which God warned.

It is no surprise, then, to find that men seek to avoid the plain statements of the first chapters of Genesis. They try to do this in various ways. Some suggest that the passage is just another primitive attempt by uneducated men to explain the things around them. Two things are relevant here. First, the writer of the Book of Genesis was not an uneducated man. Moses was “learned in all the wisdom of the Egyptians”, Acts 7:22. Yet he was wiser than the Egyptians, for he did not adopt their theories about origins. Second, Genesis 1 is unique among creation accounts, as those who have compared them have shown. In any case, those other accounts were written from an idolatrous standpoint, and as we shall see as we move down the chapter, the whole of Genesis 1 is, amongst other things, a protest against idolatry.

We might ask at the outset why God made the cosmos. One famous scientist asked why the universe bothered to exist. The Christian answer is at least four-fold, as follows:

1. The cosmos exists because God willed it to be so. He had a plan in His mind, and He put that plan into action. It is an expression of His will. As the heavenly host say, “Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honour, and power: for Thou hast created all things, and for Thy pleasure they are, and were created”, Revelation 4:11.

2. It exists because God desires worship, and He made the earth for man to live on and respond to Him.

3. He made all things to display His glory and His power. The apostle Paul, (another highly educated man), wrote under the inspiration of the Spirit of God, “For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who hold the truth in unrighteousness; because that which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God hath shewed it unto them. For the invisible things from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse”, Romans 1:18-20.

4. He made the earth and mankind, so that His Son might become man, live on the earth among men, and then die for their sins and rise again.

We should remember that Moses and Paul, both intelligent men, did not use their own expertise to devise an account of creation. They were moved by the Holy Spirit of God to do so. Their writings, therefore, are infallibly true, and will not mislead us. Being believers in God, and inspired by Him as they wrote, they give to us what we could not find out for ourselves.

There are those who suggest that “religious” people have no right to speak of scientific things, for science deals with facts, and religion deals with beliefs. It should be remembered, however, that views about the universe contrary to those set out in the Bible, are also beliefs. The difference between the two systems being that in the matter of origins, scientists can only rely on theories, whereas the believer in God has solid evidence in the form of the written testimony of the Bible.

But the scientist may protest that he has his Big Bang Theory. Precisely. He has his theory. So does the heathen savage have his theory when he believes everything came from a lotus flower. He has no evidence. The evolutionist should face up to the fact that he has none either. He has possible explanations, but no solid basis on which to proceed. He should also face up to the fact that very many scientists, competent in their field, and not necessarily Christians, are opposed to the Big Bang theory, and do not think it should be promoted as the only possibility.

George Ellis, co-worker with the late Stephen Hawking said, “People need to be aware that there is a range of models that could explain the observations. For instance, I can construct you a spherically symmetrical universe with earth at its centre, and you cannot disprove it based on observations. You can only exclude it on philosophical grounds. What I want to bring into the open is the fact that we are using philosophical criteria in choosing our models. A lot of cosmologists try to hide that”. In other words, there is no scientific reason why the Biblical account of creation should be rejected.

There are others who reject the idea of creation altogether, because they say matter is eternal. This means, assuming we believe in the law of cause and effect, that there is an infinite series of effects, and an infinite series of causes. This means, in turn, that the originating cause is never arrived at. And looking at it the other way, since an infinite series cannot be divided up, and since matter is bound up with time, then we cannot be part-way along the series, so we can never arrive at the present time. This is self-evidently not the case.

When he has formulated all his theories, and indulged in his speculations, man is still left with the idea in the back of his mind that there is a God, and that God is the one who gave us the Bible. The reason for this is found in the fact that God made man in His own image and after His own likeness. Now God is self-aware. But since man is made after the likeness of God, just as God is God-aware, so is man God-aware, however much he may try to hide it and run from it. This is why in the passage from Romans 1 quoted above, the apostle uses words that indicate the idea of knowledge. Who “hold the truth…that which may be known of God is manifest in them…the invisible things…are clearly seen…being understood…they are without excuse”. And if we read the next verse we learn that “when they knew God, they glorified Him not as God”. The only explanation for this God-consciousness on the part of man is the Biblical one.

So how should we approach Genesis Chapter 1? Preferably as a believer in God, but failing that, as an un-biased, unprejudiced and fair-minded person who sincerely desires to know the truth. The Bible does not yield its secrets to cynics, for “God taketh the wise in their own craftiness”, 1 Corinthians 3:19.

There is another matter to be considered. There are those, (even some who wish to be known as Christians), who will say something like “It does not matter how the universe was made, whether by God or by a Big Bang or any other way. It is the here and now that should concern us”. At the root of this attitude is the idea that the Bible is only a book from which to gain moral applications. Because of this, many Christians read the Bible simply to find something for themselves. This is a mistake. We should read the Bible as truth first of all, (“Thy word is truth”, John 17:17), and then seek to interpret the truth, and then, and only then, make applications. It is a primary rule when studying the Bible that we must establish the interpretation of a passage, (and there is only one interpretation of any passage), before we start to make applications. Christ and the apostles spoke and wrote about the Book of Genesis as those who believed it to be literally true. They did not view it simply as a story, which may or may not be true, but from which we may gain lessons.

There are several fatal flaws in the line of thinking which makes the Bible man-centred. First, there must be some reason why the Creation account is in the Bible at all. Is it not reasonable to think that it is there because God wants us to believe Him when He declares how He made all things? If God’s glory is declared by creation as it now is, is it not also declared by how He made it? The manner of the making is part of the glory. To refer again to Romans 1, God’s power and Godhead are known “from the creation of the world”. That is, from the act of creating the world.

Second, the Lord Jesus said that “the scripture cannot be broken”, John 10:35, so it is one whole entity. Despite being written over the space of many centuries, the Bible is one integrated book. So Genesis 1 is as relevant as John 1. It is certainly the case that John 1 reveals deeper truths than Genesis 1, but they are not at variance. The reason for this is that the Spirit of God inspired them both, as indeed He inspired every part of the Bible. If we are prepared to suggest that Genesis 1 is not correct, why should we object is someone else says John 1 is not correct?

Third, the inspired psalmist wrote, “Thy word is true from the beginning”, Psalm 119:116. This is not David’s mere opinion, (although it was his sincere belief), but the Spirit’s testimony through him. Since the Spirit is God, it is God’s testimony on the matter. This should settle it for the believer.

Fourth, the Lord Jesus, the Son of God, the one who declared that He was “the truth”, John 14:6, endorsed the words of the early chapters of Genesis, including chapter 1. He quoted verse 27 when He said, “Have ye not read, that He which made them at the beginning made them male and female”, Matthew 19:4. He based His doctrine regarding divorce on this and other verses, so to Him the words of Genesis 1 had weight and relevance. It is important to notice that He thought of what happened on the fifth day of creation as being “at the beginning”. For Him there were no long ages of time between Genesis 1:1 and verse 27, for it was all in the same week, and at the beginning.

We come now to the actual words of the passage:

Genesis 1:1 In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.

In the beginning- this is the phrase that the Jews took as the title of the book. They were reluctant to invent their own title, so simply used the first words. We would do well to learn from this a lesson of reverence in relation to the Word of God. As the last words of the last book, the Book of Revelation show us, the words are not to be trifled with or tampered with. A grievous plague will be known by those who have done this or are still doing it, Revelation 22:18,19.

The use of a time-word, “beginning”, alerts us to the fact that we are going to be told what first happened. There were no events, (as we would understand them), before this, and time is the interval between two events. If there are no events, there is no time, for there is no interval to measure. God graciously tells us seven conditions that prevailed in eternity, before “the beginning”.

His presence was the sphere of:

1. Divine Harmony

“Christ Jesus, who being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God”, Philippians 2:5,6. There was no rivalry, pride, or selfishness between Divine persons in eternity.

2. Divine Love

The Son of God could say, “Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world”, John 17:24.

3. Divine Glory

“And now, Father, glorify Thou Me with the glory I had with Thee before the world was, John 17:5.

4. Divine Purpose

The Lord Jesus was “delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God”, Acts 2:23.

5. Divine Choice

“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ…according as He hath chosen us in Him before the foundation of the world”, Ephesians 1:3,4.

6. Divine Power

“For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen…even His eternal power and Godhead”, Romans 1:20.

7. Divine Communion

“that eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us”, 1 John 1:2.

We have already noted the words of the Lord Jesus when He referred to an event on the sixth day as happening “at the beginning”. So the whole chapter is to be thought of as recording events that occurred in the first six days of time, with the seventh day referred to in the next chapter. That this contradicts the thinking of men is of no consequence. How could we subject the word of Christ to the word of men?

God created- notice that no attempt is made to prove the existence of God, and this in a book which claims to tell us about things we could never discover for ourselves, such as what is beyond death; what God is like; how everything came to be; what the end of all things will be; heaven and hell. If the existence of God is something we cannot discover for ourselves, then why is it not explained to us, like the other undiscoverable things are? The fact is that the existence of God can be discovered by man, for the following reasons:

(i) The existence of God is self-evident, for the law of cause and effect demands it.

Everything that had a beginning has a cause, and that cause is God. The idea that there is an infinite regress of effects, so that we never reach an originating cause, is not a valid one, for in that situation there would not be any present effects. But since we are here to come to that conclusion, then there must be effects, (for we are some of them), so there must be an originating cause. Also, if we go back in time infinitely, the present has not yet arrived, and so we are not able to go back in time!

(ii) The existence of God is demonstrated by the things He has made.

“For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse:” Romans1: 20.

(iii) The existence of God is something in-built into man when he was made in the image of God.

The apostle Paul goes on to say in Romans1: 21, “when they knew God”. So men instinctively know there is a God; and this knowledge is universal, for it does not depend on culture or upbringing. The reason men deny that God exists is because they have a guilty conscience, and try to escape from the consequences of their actions.

The writers of the Scriptures never set out to be rude, only to be truthful. That is why the psalmist was simply stating a bare fact when he said, “The fool hath said in his heart, ‘There is no God'”, Psalm 14:1. For the person who uses logic and reason to come to the conclusion “There is no God”, when all the time, if there is no God, there is no reason or logic, is clearly destroying his position by asserting it- those who do that are justifiably called fools.

We must remember that circular reasoning is inevitable when we are talking about ultimate authority, for authority, if it is to be ultimate, cannot have anything beyond it to prove it to be true. . But the psalmist addressed God and said, “Thou hast magnified Thy word above all Thy name”, Psalm 138:2. Therefore if an external proof could be presented which showed that the Bible was the word of God, then that proof would have more value than the word of God. This cannot be the case.

One person cannot prove to another person that the Bible is the word of God, but that other person can have that proof in his own mind, as the Word of God does its work in heart and conscience. This is the very best sort of proof, because it does not depend on a person’s ability to argue the case, but on the inherent ability of the word of God to convince the mind. So how do we prove the Bible is the Word of God? Simply by allowing it to do its own work; for the Bible is self-attesting and self-authenticating. Here are three good reasons why the Bible is the Word of God, and as such deserves our interest and attention:

First, because in it God makes predictions, which always come to pass. Only God can foretell the future accurately. Many of His predictions relate to the coming of the Lord Jesus, His Only begotten Son. The nation, tribe and family He would be born into; the place and unique manner of His birth; the holy and gracious character of His life; that He would be despised and rejected of men, these were all foretold centuries beforehand. Furthermore the prophets spoke of His betrayal, trial, and death by crucifixion, and also gave the reason for His death, for “He was wounded for our transgressions”, Isaiah 53:5. They went further, and prophesied of His resurrection and ascension as well. None of these things could have happened by chance, but happen they did, and their precise fulfilment is convincing proof that the Bible is the Word of God.

The second good reason is the effect the Bible has on those who read it honestly and without bias. It tells us frankly about our sin, and that “God…now commandeth all men everywhere to repent: for He hath appointed a day, in which He will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom He hath ordained; whereof He hath given assurance unto all men, in that He hath raised Him from the dead,” Acts 17:30,31. When the Bible brings such truths to our attention, those who earnestly desire to be in a right relationship with God will find that they come under deep conviction of sin, as the Holy Spirit applies the truth to their hearts. No other book can produce such an effect.

The third reason is connected with the second. When conviction of sin is known, the proper response should be confession of that sin to God, and unreserved faith in the Lord Jesus, the one who died as a sacrifice for sins. When this important step is taken, a wonderful thing happens, for the Bible says that “if any man be in Christ, he is a new creature: old things are passed away; behold all things are become new”, 2 Corinthians 5:17. The old things of self and sin are done away, and a new relationship with God is begun. Only the truth of the Bible can bring about this great change of heart, life, and destiny, and it is well for us if we take serious account of what it says.

The scriptures tell us several things connected with the fact that God is the Creator:

1. As Creator He is the source of all things

There is nothing in the universe that He has not created. This is seen from Exodus 20:11, “for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is”. The scribes in Nehemiah 9 also stated “Thou, even Thou, art Lord alone; Thou hast made heaven, the heaven of heavens, with all their host, the earth and all things that are therein, the sea, and all that is therein, and Thou preservest them all; and the host of heaven worshippth Thee”, Nehemiah 9:6.

2. As Creator He is sovereign over all things

The word “sovereign”, when used of God, means that He is the Eternal King, whose will is always done, whose word is law, and whose rule is absolute. Since everything owes its existence to Him, then all should recognise Him and bow to His authority. The universe belongs to Him, and He will do as He pleases with it. When the early disciples prayed to God in Acts 4:24, they used a word for God which means “Sovereign Lord”, who had “made heaven, and the earth, and the sea, and all that in them is”. The more usual word to address God with is “Father”, see Romans 8:15, but at that time they knew persecution, and appealed to the God who was in complete control.

3. As Creator He is separate from all things

He is closely involved with His creation, but He is not part of it. He is eternal, but the universe was made “in the beginning”. He is infinite, but creation is only as vast as He made it. Pantheism, (the basis of New Age religion), teaches the false idea that “all is god and god is all”, and is totally opposed to the teaching of the Bible.

4. As Creator He is the supporter of all things

God has not abandoned His creation, for it is one of the means by which He displays His glory. It is by Divine power that all things are maintained as God decrees, as we have just noted Nehemiah 9:6. Every part of creation receives His personal attention. The Lord Jesus taught this when He said, “Are not five sparrows sold for two farthings, and not one of them is forgotten before God?” Luke1 2:6.

5. As Creator He was satisfied with all things

We read repeatedly in Genesis chapter 1 that “God saw that it was good”, and at the end of His six days of work, God pronounced all things to be “very good”. See Genesis 1:4,10,12,18,21,25,31. Notice that we have said “was” satisfied with all things, for when sin entered the world, they were no longer “very good”. Such a situation cannot satisfy God, so then He began to work out another aspect of His purpose, that of bringing salvation to those ruined by sin.

6. As Creator He is set forth by all things

The psalmist wrote, “The heavens declare the glory of God; and the firmament shewth His handiwork. Day unto day uttereth speech, and night unto night sheweth knowledge. There is no speech nor language, where their voice is not heard”, Psalm 19:1-3. So wherever men dwell on the earth, and with whatever language they speak, there is the common language that creation speaks to them all concerning the glory of God as Creator.

7. As Creator He will substitute all things

When the purpose for which God made heaven and earth is accomplished, God will say “Behold I make all things new”, Revelation 21:5.

It has often been pointed out that the first verse of the Bible takes in all that there is as far as the universe is concerned. There is time, “the beginning”. There is energy, “created”. There is space implied, “the heaven and the earth”. There is matter, “the earth”. These are the building-blocks of the universe, and they all came from God. There is no particular word in the Hebrew language for what we call the universe or cosmos. The expression “heaven and earth” is the equivalent. Notice that it is “the” heaven and the earth, so there are not parallel universes as some suggest, just one, the one we live in.

The verse also introduces us to a feature of Hebrew grammar, namely that nouns have number, whether singular, dual, or plural. It is as if we are introduced to the concepts of numbers and mathematics by God Himself. So we find here that the verb “created” is in the singular; the noun “heaven” is dual; the word “God” is plural. So we have the interesting situation where a plural noun governs a singular verb. It is as if a person said, “We was on holiday last week”, instead of “we were on holiday last week”. The reason for this is simple, and yet profound; easy to understand, and yet difficult. God is the Triune God. He is one God, yet manifests Himself as Three Persons, where the word “person” does not, of course, mean three people. Person may be defined as “centre of consciousness”. Because the three persons of the Godhead are one in essence, they always act in perfect unity. (Note in this connection the words of Genesis 1:26, “let us make man”, and Genesis 3:22, “the man is become as one of us”. But then, in connection with the formation of Eve, “I will make him a help meet for him”, Genesis 2:18).

From the New Testament we learn that the three persons of the Godhead hinted at in the Old Testament are God the Father, the Son of God, and the Spirit of God. By the use of the word person, Christians do not mean one who is separate from another, as we normally use the word of men and women, for this would mean there are three Gods. Rather, the word person in this context means one who is in relationship to another, yet distinct. This guards against the false idea that God is composed of three parts, which together make a whole. Our safest course is to keep strictly to the language of Scripture in this matter, and they show that each of the persons of the Godhead possesses full Deity, and is called God. The following quotations show this:

The Father is God

“But to us there is but one God, the Father, of whom are all things, and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ, by whom are all things, and we by Him”,1 Corinthians 8:6.

“And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent”, John1 7:3.

The Son is God

“But unto the Son He saith, Thy throne, O God, is for ever and ever: a sceptre of righteousness is the sceptre of Thy kingdom…Thou Lord, in the beginning hast laid the foundations of the earth; and the heavens are the works of Thine hands,” Hebrews 1: 8.

“And we know that the Son of God is come, and hath given us an understanding, that we may know Him that is true, and we are in Him that is true, even in His Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God, and eternal life”.1 John 5:20.

The Spirit is God

“But Peter said, Ananias, why hath Satan filled thine heart to lie to the Holy Spirit…thou hast not lied unto men, but unto God”. Acts 5:3,4.

“And I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you for ever; even the Spirit of truth…if a man love Me, he will keep my words: and My Father will love him, and We will come unto him, and make Our abode with him”, John 14:1 6,17,23.

We need to be clear in our minds that the Lord Jesus is equal with God, for some suggest that He was only the agent in creation, and was not equally responsible as the Son of God.

Let us notice the language of John 1:1-3 in this regard:

John 1:1 In the beginning was the word- when the first thing that had a beginning began, then the word already was. This is a clear indication of His eternal existence. That the Lord Jesus is meant is evident from verses 14 and 17, but John deliberately refrains from giving Him any personal name here, however, so that we may concentrate on His attributes. A word is an expression of what is in the mind, so John is telling us that if God is going to be told out, it must be through Him who, because He is the word, is able to perfectly express His mind. He is not a word, one option among many, but the one and only discloser of the mind of God.
The use of the word “beginning” shows there is clearly a link with Genesis 1:1, “In the beginning God created”, but whereas Moses is starting at the beginning and going forward, John is starting at the beginning and going backwards into eternity, before time was. Thus John is telling us of One who is able to bring eternal realities within the reach of men.
And the word was with God- if the first phrase tells of the pre-existence of the Word before time began, and therefore indicates His eternal being, this phrase tells of His co-existence. To be with God tells us much more than that the Word was in the presence of God, although this is true. By using a preposition that indicates “motion towards”, John is informing us that the Word was actively towards God, concentrating, in eternal perfection, on Him. This gives us great confidence, for it indicates that there is perfect harmony between the Word and God. Their interests are the same, and nothing disturbs their communion. This being the case, believing in His name is a safe thing to do, for it forges a link with God that cannot be broken. The fact that weight is given to both “Word” and “God”, is indicative of the distinct personality of the Word.
And the word was God- a clear statement as to the Deity of the Word. Note that although there are distinctions of Persons in the Godhead, for “the Word was with God”, yet there is identity of essence, for “the Word was God”. This expression assures us that the One who is pre-existent, and co-existent, is co-equal with God as well. This truth is emphasised not only in the teaching of the Lord Jesus, (see for instance John 5:17-29 and 10:30), but also in His miracles, which clearly demonstrated His Deity. For example, He who had made the vine on the third day, Genesis 1:12,13, now acts on another “third day”, John 2:1, as He accelerates the lengthy process by which rainwater is made into the best wine, and thus manifests His power as Creator, with the result that His disciples believed on Him, John 2:11.

John 1:2 The same was in the beginning with God- John makes it clear that the truths stated in verse one were all true together at the beginning- there was no development or progress. It was not that He was the Word, and then was with God, and then was God, but rather that He who was with God, and was God, was this eternally, for the nature of God cannot change. Deity does not develop, but is ever infinite. “I am the Lord, I change not; therefore ye sons of Jacob are not consumed”, Malachi 3:6.

John 1:3 All things were made by Him- having stated fundamental truths as to the nature of the Word, John now indicates the way in which the Word showed Himself to be God, even by bringing all things into being, something only God can do. Literally rendered, the verse reads- “All things came into being through Him, and apart from Him not even one thing came into being which has come into being”. John is writing about things coming to be that did not exist before- they are not revealed from their hiding-place. “Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear”, Hebrews 11:3. All things came into being by, or through, the Word, “For He spake, and it was done; He commanded, and it stood fast.” Psalm 33:9. It follows logically, then, that He is not part of creation.
There are three conditions of existence, either as created, or self-created, or Creator. Since it is impossible to create oneself, then the Word is either created or Creator. But since everything was created by Him, with no exceptions, then He cannot be a created being, but must be God.
There are those who appeal to this word “by” to say that the Word was only a high angelic intelligence, who was used by God to make all things as His subordinate. But in Romans 11:36 it is said of God that all things are through Him, (and the apostle uses the same word as “by” here), so on this theory of subordination, God Himself must be acting for another! This, of course, is impossible.
Perhaps as he penned these words the apostle John thought of the language of Isaiah 44:24, “I am the Lord that maketh all things; that stretcheth forth the heavens alone; that spreadeth abroad the earth by Myself:”. Isaiah declared that the Lord, the God of heaven, had made all things by Himself, yet John, a sincere believer in the One True God, did not hesitate to say that the Word had made all things. Since John was inspired by the same Spirit as Isaiah was, then we are forced to the conclusion that the Word is God, not only by the plain statement of verse 1, but also by the fact that He is Creator.
And without Him was not anything made that was made- there is no secret store of matter that derives its origin from some other power-source. Note how John puts things positively and negatively, (“all things were made by Him…without Him was nothing made”), in order that the truth might be hedged about on every side. The first phrase “all things were made by Him”, might be thought by hostile minds to refer only to things, and not beings with life, leaving the way open to say that the Word was created first, and then brought things into existence. This second statement of the apostle instantly and conclusively disposes of such a blasphemous notion. Everything that has come into being has done so through the Word, therefore the Word did not come into being, but ever is.

Returning to Genesis 1:1, we need to notice the word for God used here. It is Elohim. We have seen that it is a plural word. Some say that this only means that is denotes excellence. The problem with that idea is that the word El used for God elsewhere is singular. Does this mean that under that name He is less than excellent? That cannot be, for there are no degrees of excellence with God, for He is infinite in all His attributes. The real reason, as we have seen, is that there is a plurality of persons with God. The reason why men wish to deny that God is Triune is because they wish to deny the Deity of Christ, for that idea is interwoven with it.
It is instructive to notice that Genesis 1:1 does not speak of God as “El”, even though that is the word for God which emphasises that He is first and strong. Did He not show Himself to be those things as He created at the beginning? He did indeed, but there was an over-riding consideration. The word “Elohim” used in the first verse of the Bible is the plural of the singular word “Eloah”, which is derived from the Hebrew word “to adore”. The first thing God is establishing as He creates is that He is to be worshipped. The primary purpose of creation is to produce intelligent beings, (angels and men), who willingly worship God. We read in Nehemiah 9:6 that “the host of heaven worshippeth Thee”, so the angels worship in heaven. But how many on earth do so? Those who believe have far more reasons to worship God than the angels have, so why do we lag behind them? Is it because we are too busy serving our own interests when we should be serving God’s?
There are two words for the making of things in this chapter, “bara”, and “asah”. “Bara” always means to create, and God alone is able to work so that there is what was not. Some speak of God creating out of nothing, and we know what they mean. But that might give the impression that “nothing” produced “something”, which cannot be. Creation is the product of God’s mind, and nothing else.
“Asah” means to form out of pre-existent material. So in verse one God creates the raw materials from which He will make everything, but then in six days proceeds to make that which will fill heaven and earth. There might be thought an exception to this when God “created (bara) great whales, and every living thing that moveth…and every winged fowl”, verse 21. But the word for create is used here because God was introducing a new concept, that of life, and so create is the word that is appropriate, even though the fish and the birds were made from pre-existent matter. The same goes for God creating man, verse 27, for there is a still further idea introduced, that of a creature that is in the image of God, and that image cannot be made from the dust of the ground, for it is a spiritual thing.
The heaven and the earth- notice that although the Hebrew word for heaven is dual, it is translated in the singular. We have already noted that the word for God used in this verse is plural, and yet it is not translated Gods. God is not three gods, but is God in the tri-unity of His being. There is no particular word in Hebrew for the universe, and so the expression “the heaven and the earth” is the equivalent. In that context, the fact that subsequently there was a firmament that God called heaven, verse 6, and also that which is described as “the firmament of the heaven”, in which the stars are, verse 14, is not to the fore. The expression is an all-embracing one, taking in all that God would create. He would indeed form two heavens or firmaments, as we shall see, so it is appropriate that when the heaven is made it should be dual in anticipation. After all, there is no mention of seas in verse 1, for they are included in the idea of “the earth”, that is, the planet Earth.

1:2 And the earth was without form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the deep. And the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters.

And the earth was without form, and void- the narrative now continues, as the word “and” would indicate. The verse opens with a noun clause, expressing the situation that was prevailing because of the creating of verse 1. The word “and” at the beginning of verse 2 is a Hebrew letter used as a conjunction. It can either be consecutive, telling of a sequence of events, (as in verse 3), or copulative, telling that something is joined to the previous event, (as here in verse 2). When the copulative form is used, it is never connected to a verb, which is how it is in verse 2. It describes a state, not a series of events as if the earth “became”. The text says the earth “was”, that was its state. And that state was as a result of the creation of all things, not as a result of some supposed events after the initial creation.
There are those, however, wishing to accommodate the millions of years that evolutionists speak of, and trying to reconcile creation with evolution, (which two things are irreconcilable), speak of a gap between verses 1 and 2, and wish to translate the “was” as “became”. Competent Hebrew scholars, however, assure us, that there is no reason to translate this way. In any case, to adopt the word “became” would suggest that there were other, sinister forces at work at this point, (the rebellion and fall of Lucifer, for instance), and that would contradict the verdict of God about His work on the six creation days, that everything was “very good”, 1:31.
We have a description here, then, of the state of things after God had created the heaven and the earth at the beginning. He has brought all the materials of heaven and earth into being, and now He continues His work. He will first of all give form and structure to creation, and then will fill it with that which is appropriate to each part. He first of all deals with the darkness in verses 3-5. Then He gives form to the earth in verses 6-10, and fills the earth in verses 11-13, 20-27 with what He has formed. In verses 14-19 He defined the firmament of heaven and filled it.
And darkness was upon the face of the deep- the component parts of light must have been included in the creation process of verse 1, but as yet the conditions for light to shine have not been brought in. Of course the sun and the stars have not yet been made. That it is dark is not an evil thing, although later on in the scriptures darkness will become a metaphor for evil. But that is only after light has been rejected. Here, the light has not appeared. That it is dark is only because the light has not begun to shine, not because it had shone and had been put out. There was darkness every night of the first week, but God still called everything good, for night time does have its benefits.
The deep is defined by Strong’s Concordance as “an abyss, a surging mass of waters”. The word derives from the verb “to make an uproar, agitate”. The vast waters, covering the whole earth as they do, are restless. Perhaps the fact that “face” is in the plural suggests that the surface was not flat, but disturbed, and as such presented many different faces. There is no sun or moon to exert their gravitational pull, or land mass to offer resistance to the movement. There is no atmosphere to press down upon the waters. The earth is simply a shapeless mass consisting of water with chemicals within it. By “earth” is meant Planet Earth, not soil.
And the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters- it needed a massive source of energy to cause this watery mix to take the form of a globe, and to subdue the waters, and the Spirit of God is that source. Here is the only reference to the Holy Spirit in the creation account, although He was there all the time, because He is one of the persons of the Godhead. He is referred to here specifically because of the special work He does, and also to emphasise that it was a Divine person who was active over the deep. The idolatrous systems of men later said that Chaos, (the “god of the deep” in their religion), was responsible for making the world. This statement pre-empts such a notion.
Was He calming the waters as He moved over them, preparing for them to be divided and rearranged? If “deep” suggests the depth of the waters, then “waters” may suggest their breadth. The Spirit of God moved over their whole surface.
The word used here for move is rare in the Old Testament, but is used of an eagle fluttering over her nest, Deuteronomy 32:11. By the movement of her wings the mother eagle keeps her chicks cool. The eagle’s energy is transmitted into an effect upon her chicks. So here, the movement of the Spirit of God has its effect on the waters, as we shall see.

1:3 And God said, Let there be light: and there was light.

And God said- the psalmist attributed the work of creation to the word of God, for “He spake, and it was done; He commanded, and it stood fast”, Psalm 33:9. And the apostle Peter underlines this when he writes, “By the word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out of the water and in the water, 2 Peter 3:5.
But the Jewish commentary on the Old Testament sometimes exchanges the word God with “word”. So the closeness of the link between the two was recognised. And the apostle John builds on this when he writes, “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God…all things were made by Him”, John1:1,3.
L
et there be light: and there was light- the fact that the Spirit was “fluttering” indicates a wave action, and light consists of waves. So when God gave the command that there should be light, very possibly He converted some of this energy into light-energy. The apostle Paul alluded to this bringing in of light with the words, “But if our gospel be hid, it is hid to them that are lost: In whom the god of this world hath blinded the minds of them which believe not, lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ, who is the image of God, should shine unto them. For we preach not ourselves, but Christ Jesus the Lord; and ourselves your servants for Jesus’ sake. For God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ. But we have this treasure in earthen vessels, that the excellency of the power may be of God, and not of us”, 2 Corinthians 4:3-7. The word he used for the light shining at the command of God is one which means to “radiate brilliancy”. The shining of the light out of darkness would refer to the fact that in Genesis 1 the Spirit of God was moving on the face of the waters, and darkness was over those waters. He shone from beneath the darkness, so to speak, and radiated forth a brilliant light. The darkness was not able to prevent the issuing forth of the light.
Notice that the formula “and it was so”, that is used in connection with the second, third, fourth and sixth days, is absent here. God said “let there be”, and we know from 2 Corinthians 4:7 that this was a command. That this command was obeyed is seen in that “there was light” as a result. So “it was so” in subsequent verses is the formula for signalling that the particular day’s command was obeyed.

1:4 And God saw the light, that it was good: and God divided the light from the darkness.

And God saw the light, that it was good- that is, is good in the widest sense, a positive statement, not one that denies the light is evil. It is good because it is beautiful and useful. Light is also good because it reminds us of God who is light, 1 John 1:5; because it enables work to be done, John 9:4; because it enables life to flourish and be fruitful; because it is the sphere in which righteousness and truth are to be found, John 3:20,21.
Notice that God deliberately brings in light before He makes the sun and the moon. He knew that idolaters would worship the sun as if it originated everything. Here at the outset He shows that He can lighten things without the sun and moon.
The light was not the light of God’s glory, because He called it into existence as being outside of Himself, whereas God is eternally glorious, and it would be unnecessary to say the light was good if it was His personal glory. When the apostle Paul used it to illustrate what happens when a soul believes, and the light of the glory of God comes into the heart, he was using a historical event to make a spiritual point. When God said “Let there be light” He was directing that the light manifest itself, as some of the Spirit’s energy was concentrated as light.
And God divided the light from the darkness- this would not be possible if the earth was flat. Because it is a globe there is part night and part day at any one time. When the Son of Man comes, some will be grinding at the mill in early morning, some will be working in the fields in the daytime, and some will be in bed for the night, Luke 17:34. All these three things will be happening at the same moment, so the earth must be a sphere. So this may be known from the first day!
The light is divided from the darkness today by the fact that the sun is a specific distance away so that it shines on approximately 180 degrees of the circle of the earth at any one time. So perhaps God divided the lit part from the dark part of the earth by positioning the light-source He had called into being at the same distance as the sun would be. After all, the days of this first week were all the same length. The transition from day three to day four to day five happened seamlessly, even though two lights were involved. So the light source must have been as far away from the earth as the sun is now. It is very unlikely that the light source was orbiting the earth, since the days are normal days, caused by the rotation of the earth. We are not told in connection with the making of the sun on the fourth day that the earth orbits the sun, but it does. We may safely assume, then, in the absence of other information, that the earth orbited the original light source.

1:5 And God called the light Day, and the darkness He called Night. And the evening and the morning were the first day.

And God called the light Day, and the darkness He called Night- the light was so similar to the sunlight that would exist from day four that both could be called daylight. Again there is emphasised that God can make it day without the sun; it is in one sense dispensable. God names five things in the chapter, namely day, night, heaven, earth, and seas. Elsewhere we learn He names the stars, Isaiah 40:26. The rest of the naming He leaves to Adam and those who are descended from him, for the process goes on.
There are those who wish to compromise with the theory of evolution and suggest that these days are long periods of time. That this is not so is seen in the fact that this and all the other six days has an evening and a morning showing it was a normal day of twenty-four hours. We do not speak of long periods of time such as “the law-age” as having an evening and a morning, for those words are associated with the setting and rising of the sun. If the seventh day was not an extended age, why should the sixth be? In any case, Adam was made on the sixth day, yet only lived 930 years. So the days of creation week he lived were not long ages; why should the first five be?

Whilst the seven days are normal-length days, they are referred to slightly differently in the chapter, as follows:
First day, meaning “day one”, or one day, with the definite article, thus defining the length of the day.
Second day, meaning “a second day”, (i.e. of the same length as the first).
Sixth day- with the definite article as the first day, indicating a climax to God’s creative actions.
Seventh day- with definite article, indicating a special day, but still one of twenty-four hours.

Whilst all this detail is scientific fact, it also has moral meaning, as we note as we read through the Word of God. For instance, Isaiah condemns those who put light for darkness, and darkness for light, thus confusing things which are radically opposed, Isaiah 5:20. And the apostle Paul asked the question, “what fellowship hath light with darkness”, 2 Corinthians 6:14. Believers are no longer children of the night, but are light in the Lord, and are expected to walk as children of light, Ephesians 5:8-14. God deliberately separated between light and darkness at the beginning to set a precedent for His people, so that they learn to separate the two in practice.
And the evening and the morning were the first day- that is, the first day’s boundaries were set by the time the darkness began, and the time it began again. The original making of the heaven and the earth must have been in the evening, for up until the bringing in of light all was dark, and God called the darkness night. When God said “Let there be light”, the day began, and it was morning. So the evening of the first day began with the initial creation of the heaven and the earth, and it ended with the bringing in of light on the first morning.
This would perhaps explain why the Jews reckon a day to start in the evening, for the eighth and all subsequent days would have been of the regular sort, and would need to follow on normally. It is sometimes thought that the Jewish day has two evenings in the sense of one either end of a twenty-four hour period. This is not so. The two evenings are as follows. The first, the point at which the sun can be said to be declining, about three o’clock in the afternoon, and the second, the point at which three stars have appeared. This is reckoned to be the start of the next day, at what we call six o’clock. Each daytime had twelve hours, (see John 11:9), irrespective of the exact time of sunrise and sunset. The period between dawn and dusk was divided into twelve, so the length of an hour would vary throughout the year.

1:6 And God said, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the waters, and let it divide the waters from the waters.

And God said, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the waters, and let it divide the waters from the waters- at the beginning God created the heaven. So the materials for the making of all the objects that would fill the heaven were present at the beginning. (The spirit given to man came directly from God). The materials for the earth would no doubt be mainly if not entirely solid and liquid, whereas the materials for the heaven would be mainly if not entirely gaseous, another indication of the make up of the universe with its three states of matter.
God now signals His intention to insert some of this “heaven-material” into the waters so as to divide up the waters of the deep that surrounded the earth. In this way there would be two sets of waters, one below and one above the firmament, this being the name given to the atmospheric part of heaven. This explains why the word for heaven is dual, for there is the lower heaven, where the birds fly, and the heaven of heavens, where the stars are. The apostle Paul spoke of the third heaven, to which he had been taken, 2 Corinthians 12:1-4. This is the uncreated presence of God. So it was quite correct to translate the word heaven in the singular in verse 1, because at that point it was undivided.

1:7 And God made the firmament, and divided the waters which were under the firmament from the waters which were above the firmament: and it was so.

And God made the firmament- that is, He took of the “substance” of the heaven He had already created, and gave it a particular place and purpose. We should not think that the word firmament implies that it was a firm or solid dome, as the heathen imagined it. The word translated “firmament” means “a stretched out or spread out thing”, and may indeed be used of gold spread out into thin plates by a goldsmith, Isaiah 40:19, or a silversmith doing the same, Jeremiah 10:9. But Isaiah writes, “Thus saith God the Lord, He that created the heavens, and stretched them out”, Isaiah 42:5. Although this is a different word, it still conveys the meaning of being stretched or expanded. Psalm 104:2 speaks of God stretching forth the heavens as a curtain. It is believed by many astronomers that the universe is expanding. If this is the case, (although it is not a proven fact), then this is God stretching out the heavens still. As an illustration of this, we should note that the exosphere is a layer outermost in earth’s atmosphere so thin that it only contains a few hundred atoms per cubic centimetre, so it indeed is stretched out even so near to the earth. This expanded entity could well be understood as the expanse. Indeed, we speak of the expanse of the heavens in everyday language.
And divided the waters which were under the firmament from the waters which were above the firmament- in this way God divided the watery mass that covered the earth, and inserted the firmament into it to divide it. The word heaven is simply a “heaved up thing”, and would relate to God causing the space He had made by dividing the waters to lift up part of the waters, so that they would be above the firmament. It lifted it up because God was causing the firmament to expand. It is a debatable point as to whether “divide” implies the waters were halved, or simply made into two unequal parts. By dividing God also distinguished the waters, because some are going to remain as liquid, (either on the surface of the earth or below it), the other will turn into vapour, and either float as clouds or circle the earth as a canopy.
And it was so- we have already noted in connection with verse 3 that this denotes that God’s command was obeyed. The command was issued to the relevant matter in view, and it obeyed its Creator’s command immediately.

1:8 And God called the firmament Heaven. And the evening and the morning were the second day.

And God called the firmament Heaven- we should distinguish between heaven, the lower firmament, put into place on the second day, and what is described as “the firmament of the heaven” in verse 14, where the sun, moon and stars are. We read in Nehemiah 9:6 that God made “heaven, the heaven of heavens”, so that the firmament above the earth is heaven, (roughly equivalent to what we call the sky), whilst the expanse that we call space, is the heaven of heavens.
In Mark 13:25 the Lord Jesus foretold that at the time of God’s judgement of the earth, the stars will fall towards the earth, and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken, and so God will have reversed His stretching out activity, no doubt to the great consternation of men upon the earth. He will do it by disturbing the normal laws that powerfully hold the stars in position.
And the evening and the morning were the second day- notice that God does not describe the work of the second day as being good. It was good, or course, because the whole of the six days work is classed by God as good in 1:31. No sin had entered yet, for Lucifer could not have fallen, or else “very good” could not have been said of creation as a whole. It is significant therefore, that the words are not pronounced. Could it be that the Lord knew that the waters above the firmament would need to be used, together with the waters of the ocean and beneath the ocean, to flood the earth in Noah’s day? This may account for His reluctance to call the situation good, for judgement is His strange work.
That some of the water remains above the firmament is clear from the language of the psalmist, “Praise Him, ye heaven of heavens, and ye waters that be above the heavens”, Psalm 148:4. This is a call to the starry heavens, and to the waters that are above the atmospheric heavens. Some would argue that the psalmist is speaking of things as they were at the beginning, rather than in his day. But how could he call on the heavens to do something thousands of years before his time? Alternatively, the waters could be made to return to a position above the firmament for the duration of Christ’s reign, thus returning to the conditions prevailing before sin disrupted everything.
The existence of a barrier of water-vapour above the atmosphere, even if it was fairly thin, would mean that the climate of the pre-flood earth was much different than it afterwards was. The following conditions might have been produced:
1. What is known as the “greenhouse effect”, would mean the temperature was pleasant world-wide.
2. With the temperature uniform, storms and high winds would be unknown.
3. With no appreciable wind, and therefore no dust particles in the atmosphere, rain would not be triggered over the land.
4. The moderate temperature and high humidity would encourage plant growth in abundance.
5. A vapour canopy would prevent harmful radiation reaching the earth’s surface, and therefore lessen the number of mutations.
6. There would be high atmospheric pressure, which is conducive to healing and combating disease.
This canopy, if it were not to cause complications in other directions, could not be enough to produce the water needed to produce the Flood. The fountains of the great deep were also broken up at that time. As we shall see in connection with the events of the third day, water was stored in the earth at that time.

1:9 And God said, Let the waters under the heaven be gathered together unto one place, and let the dry land appear: and it was so.

And God said, Let the waters under the heaven be gathered together unto one place, and let the dry land appear: and it was so- there were two major events on the third day. First, the gathering together of the waters that were “under the heaven”, that is, beneath the atmospheric heaven, so that dry land could appear. Second, the filling of that resulting dry land with plants. The two-fold action of gathering the waters together and causing the dry land to appear would have dramatic and far-reaching effects. One of them would be that by the rising up of the dry land, caverns would be formed under the sea-bed. We read of this elsewhere in scripture:

“The earth is the Lord’s, and the fulness thereof; the world, and they that dwell therein. For He hath founded it upon the seas, and established it upon the floods”, Psalm 24:1,2.
So the earth is founded on the seas, and established on the floods, (the same word as is used of the Flood of Noah’s day). This means that there are seas beneath the sea-bed.

“By the word of the Lord were the heavens made; And all the host of them by the breath of His mouth. He gathereth the waters of the sea together as a heap: He layeth up the depth in storehouses. Let all the earth fear the Lord: let all the inhabitant of the world stand in awe of Him” Psalm 33:6.
The word “storehouses” suggests that the waters were reserved for some future need, which we now know to have been the Flood.

“To Him that stretched out the earth above the waters: For His mercy endureth for ever”, Psalm 136:6.
Again we are told of earth above the waters. Notice that when the earth is stretched, it is in the past tense, for it is not happening now, but when we read of God stretching the heavens, it is in the present, suggesting it continues.

“Or who shut up the sea with doors, when it brake forth, as if it had issued out of the womb?” Job 38:8.
This would most likely refer to the stopping of the fountains of the great deep after the one hundred and fifty days of flooding, Genesis 8:2. Again it is implied that there was a reservoir of water that was once restrained before the flood, then was opened to cause the flood, and then closed again.

“For the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea”, Isaiah 11:9.

So not only does the water of the ocean cover the sea-bed, but it also covers the sea that is beneath the sea. The waters of the Flood gradually abated as the waters coming from beneath were prevailed on by the waters on the surface, and were stopped from coming to the surface.

1:10 And God called the dry land Earth; and the gathering together of the waters called He Seas: and God saw that it was good.

And God called the dry land Earth- the apostle Peter wrote of this situation in his second epistle as he warned of coming judgement. He used the past judgement of the flood as the basis for his assertion that another world-wide judgement was coming. His words were:
“Knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scoffers, walking after their own lusts, and saying, Where is the promise of His coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. For this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out of the water and in the water: Whereby the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished: But the heavens and the earth, which are now, by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgement and perdition of ungodly men. But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. The Lord is not slack concerning his promise, as some men count slackness; but is longsuffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought ye to be in all holy conversation and godliness, Looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? Nevertheless we, according to his promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness”, 2 Peter 3:3-13.

Notice the following things about the passage:
For this they willingly are ignorant of- men instinctively know that the Bible is right, but reject its testimony because they have a conscience about sin and judgement.
That by the word of God the heavens were of old- the psalmist wrote, “He spake and it was done; He commanded and it stood fast”, Psalm 33:9. And the writer to the Hebrews stated, “Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God”, Hebrews 11:3.
And the earth standing out of the water- the heavens were mentioned because of their connection with future judgement. Peter emphasises the earth in relation to the water because it was the interaction of these two parts of creation that caused the Flood. By God’s command on the third day the earth had risen up above the surface of the water that had covered the entire earth from the first day. It was now standing out of the water. We should not think of the earth rising up very high. It is true there were mountains, but not of the Mount Everest sort. That came as a result of the flood-waters abating, and causing the mountains to rise, which explains why seashells have been found on the top of Mount Everest.
W
hen Peter says the earth was standing out of the water he means more than that the land stood out and was easily seen, as we would say of a landmark that it stood out. He also means that the standing or mode of existence of the earth was an “out-of-the-water” situation, in contrast to what pertained during the flood. That mode of existence was held in place by the word of God; but by His word that situation was temporarily interrupted. So the earth being submerged by the waters of the Flood was not its normal state. Something abnormal happened to make it to be submerged.
And in the water- not only was the earth in an out-of-the-water situation, but it was in an “in-the-water” situation also. This is because of the water-chambers that had formed when the earth rose up at God’s command on the third day. As a result, the earth was standing in that subterranean water. So we could say that the earth was out of the waters of the deep, but in the waters of the great deep. Scripture speaks of the pillars of the earth, Job 9;6, Psalm 75:3, which are the columns of rock which stand in the lower waters and support the roof of the chambers under the sea.
Whereby the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished- the word “whereby” tells us that it was because this situation existed, the earth could be overflowed with water. The fountains of the great deep, (the lower waters) were broken up, and the earth was ruptured by the tremendous forces that had been built up precisely because of the arrangement Peter describes. Water was released that was propelled into the atmosphere, (and beyond), and then fell and flooded the earth. In this way the physical earth was overflowed with water, and as a result the world perished. The world is the world of men, together with all that he had built up on the earth. It was all taken away by the waters of the Flood. Perhaps this is why God pronounced the seas to be good, on the third day, but He did not say “good” on the second day, because then the waters above and the waters below are described, and their coming together at the time of the Flood was not a good thing, but resulted from the evil of man.
Notice that the world perished. So the Flood was not local. As the Lord Jesus said, “and knew not until the flood came and took them all away”, Matthew 24:39. God had said, “the end of all flesh is come before Me”, Genesis 6:13. The Genesis account goes on to expressly say, in several different ways, that the Flood was world-wide. For example, “And the waters prevailed exceedingly upon the earth; and all the high hills, that were under the whole heaven, were covered. Fifteen cubits upward did the waters prevail; and the mountains were covered. And all flesh died that moved upon the earth, both of fowl, and of cattle, and of beast, and of every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth, and every man: All in whose nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land, died. And every living substance was destroyed which was upon the face of the ground, both man, and cattle, and the creeping things, and the fowl of the heaven; and they were destroyed from the earth: and Noah only remained alive, and they that were with him in the ark. And the waters prevailed upon the earth an hundred and fifty days”, Genesis 7:19-24.

Peter sees three main lessons from the Flood-event:
(a) All things do not continue as they were from the creation of the world, contrary to what the scoffers asserted in verse 4.
(b) Sinners should beware of being judged when God deals with the world again, this time by fire. God stored the earth with water before; now it is reserved unto fire.
(c) Saints should take note that all that is in the earth shall be burnt up at the end of time, so they would be well advised to work for eternal things, and not the temporary trifles of time and sense.

Returning to Genesis 1:10.

And the gathering together of the waters called He Seas- the pre-Flood would have looked very different to what we see in the atlas today. As a result of the breaking open of the earth’s crust at the start of the Flood, (the result of which still leaves its mark on the ocean floor, as is evident from satellite mapping carried out in recent years), the continents were pushed away from one another, so were originally not in the position they are today. (This should not be confused with plate tectonics, which is not a workable option, despite being taught as science). The plural word “seas” would refer both to the upper waters of the oceans, and the lower waters of the chambers in the earth below the oceans. The psalmist tells us that God has founded the earth “upon the seas”, Psalm 24:2.
And God saw that it was good- this arrangement was preparation for man to live on the earth, an idea God found pleasurable. But more than that, the earth was prepared so that His Son might one day walk upon it, and that gave God the utmost pleasure. In fact, the expression “God saw that it was good” occurs twice on the third day.

1:11 And God said, Let the earth bring forth grass, the herb yielding seed, and the fruit tree yielding fruit after his kind, whose seed is in itself, upon the earth: and it was so.

And God said, Let the earth bring forth grass, the herb yielding seed, and the fruit tree yielding fruit after his kind- this is the second stage of activity on the third day. Out from the newly-emerged earth comes, at God’s command, and fully grown, the vegetation that will be needed for both animals and man. The psalmist said of God, “He causeth the grass to grow for the cattle, and herb for the service of man: that He may bring forth food out of the earth; and wine that maketh glad the heart of God and man, and oil to make his face to shine, and bread which strengtheneth man’s heart. The trees of the Lord are full of sap; the cedars of Lebanon which He hath planted”, 14-16. There is provision here by a faithful Creator both for man and beast. The animals eat the grass, (and only grass until after the flood), and will eventually, after the Flood, provide food for man in the form of meat. The herbs provide him with vegetables, and also, (after the fall of man), the remedies for his ills. The trees will yield fruit, and drinks made from the fruit. Others will yield oils for man’s health, and bread, (“which strengtheneth man’s heart”, Psalm 104:15), for the maintenance of life.
The Amazon rainforest contains over a third of all the world’s trees. It has been called “the lungs of the planet” because it sends out 20% of the world’s oxygen as it changes carbon dioxide into the oxygen we need to breathe. It also assists the distribution of rainfall throughout the world. The forest contains a vast number and diversity of trees, as many as 750 different types of tree and 1500 species of higher plants. Many of these could be used against disease if there was the will to do so. For instance, it is said that of the three thousand plants that are thought to be active against cancer, 70% are found in the rain forest. However, in the last one hundred years, ninety Amazon tribes have been wiped out, including all the accumulated knowledge that they had acquired about the benefits of plants. What is man’s response to God’s goodness? He bulldozes the forest at the rate of the area of a football field per second. No wonder the God of creation is angry at man’s ingratitude and greed, and will show His anger in the dramatic way set out in Revelation 15. He will “destroy them which destroy the earth”, Revelation 11:18.
Note that the trees produce fruit after their kind. This means there are Divinely-set limits to the ways in which they may be crossed with one another; this preserves their identity.
Whose seed is in itself, upon the earth: and it was so- not only is the kind of tree preserved, but also the very existence of the tree, for it contains within itself its own means of propagation, and does not need a constant act of creation on God’s part.

1:12 And the earth brought forth grass, and herb yielding seed after his kind, and the tree yielding fruit, whose seed was in itself, after his kind: and God saw that it was good.

And the earth brought forth grass, and herb yielding seed after his kind, and the tree yielding fruit, whose seed was in itself, after his kind- this passage explains that the “and it was so” of the previous verse was justified. God had said “Let there be” and so it came to pass. This is true of all God says, for all shall be fulfilled.
And God saw that it was good- despite the fact that included in this collection of trees is the tree of knowledge of good and evil, (as well as the tree of life, 2:9), which will figure in the account of the fall of man, nonetheless, all is good at the beginning. This vindicates God’s honour, for He did not create the tree of knowledge in order to trick man. It only became the tree of knowledge to man after he and his wife had eaten of it in disobedience, and gained the knowledge of good and evil in that way.

1:13 And the evening and the morning were the third day.

And the evening and the morning were the third day- it is interesting to compare this statement with the ones in John’s gospel, “And the third day there was a marriage in Cana of Galilee…they have no wine”, 2:1,2. It is the third day after the successive days mentioned in John 1. John is telling us how the Lord Jesus, as Creator, (for “all things were made by Him”, 1:3), remedies the situation that man by his mismanagement has brought in. The trees of the field and the third day are found together again there, and so is their Creator.

1:14 And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of the heaven to divide the day from the night; and let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years:

And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of the heaven- notice that the lights are in the “firmament of the heaven”. That is, the firmament or expanse of heaven that God created at the very beginning. This expression marks the distinction between the firmament that was inserted between the waters, and which is what we call the expanse of the sky, and the original firmament, the expanse of space. The apostle Paul was caught up to the third heaven, 2 Corinthians 12:2, which is uncreated, being the very presence of God. Hebrews 9:11 describes it as “not of this building”, meaning not of this creation of time and space. So the first heaven is the sky, the second heaven is space, and the third heaven is not mentioned in Genesis 1, being the uncreated presence of God.
To divide the day from the night- the light that God had brought into being on the first day is now superceded by what we now call the sun and the moon. Those names are not given to them at this point, however.
One purpose of the verses we are looking at is to prepare the people of Israel for their entrance into Canaan. Moses is setting the record out so that they know the truth before they are confronted with the myths and errors about the heavens believed by the heathen. No names are given to the sun and moon to set a precedent, for pagan idolaters would give them names that suggested they were lords over man, and not servants for man. God numbers and names the stars, Isaiah 40:26, but He does not tell us what those names and numbers are, lest we use the information wrongly.
Before, the absence of the light of day made it night. Now there is the added indication, for the moon shines in the night. We need a period of darkness to allow us to sleep easily. But it is also true that some light is needed at night, and this is provided by the moon, which was not needed on the first day, as there were no living creatures on the earth.
And let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years- we now learn further uses for the sun and moon:
(a) They are signs of God’s goodness, for He has provided this lighting for man upon the earth. They are provided for man whether he is evil or good, for as the Lord Jesus said, “He maketh His sun to rise on the evil and on the good”, Matthew 5:45.
(b) They are signs of His power, as is the rest of creation, for the invisible things of God are clearly seen through the things He has made, even His eternal power and Godhead, Romans 1:20.
(c) They are for seasons also. God promised that summer and winter would not cease while the earth remaineth, Genesis 8:22.
(d) They enable time to be measured, so that man may number his days.  It would be by the sun that men would be able to calculate the passing of each day, and the moon would enable them to count the months. That men did count time is seen in the fact that they knew how old they were, how old they had been at the birth of a particular one of their sons, and what year their father had died. See, for instance, Genesis 5. The position of the sun at midsummer and midwinter is an important marker for man. He knows by this at what point of the year he is at, and the moon gives fine-tuning to this with its monthly cycle. Those who built Stonehenge understood this, for the midsummer sun rises between the most prominent uprights in that structure. Whatever else it was built for, it certainly had the practical use of telling men where they were in the year. They may have used an hour-glass to measure each day’s length, so they knew when the longest and shortest days were, and built their circle accordingly.
There is reason to believe that just as the moon influences the sea, and causes tides, so it also influences the sap in plants, so that there are optimum times during a month for planting and harvesting. Moses spoke of “the precious fruits brought forth by the sun”, and “the precious things put forth by the moon”, Deuteronomy 33:14. The sun brings forth at the end of the year as it ripens the fruit, whereas the moon puts forth at the beginning of the cycle of growth. The moon would subsequently be used to regulate the religious festivals of Israel, and they would carefully watch out for the first signs of the new moon.
There is a fearful day coming when, as the Lord Jesus said, “the powers of the heaven shall be shaken”, Matthew 24:29. In accordance with the prophecy of Haggai 2:6,7, the Lord shall shake, not just the earth as He did at the giving of the Law, but the heavens also; see also Hebrews 12:26-29. This will involve the disruption of the processes that keep the universe as it is, whether it be gravity, electro-magnetism, or nuclear energy. At that time, the sun and the moon shall withdraw their light, so that the glory of Christ is alone seen.

1:15 And let them be for lights in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth: and it was so.

And let them be for lights in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth- despite the fact that the greatest proportion of light emitted from the sun does not come in our direction, nevertheless that is the purpose for the light of the sun. This shows the importance and uniqueness of the earth. It shows also, that God expects men to work, for as the psalmist said, “The sun ariseth…man goeth forth unto his work and to his labour until the evening”, Psalm 104:22,23. And the Lord Jesus said, “the night cometh, when no man can work”, John 9:4.
And it was so- this constantly recurring phrase assures us firstly that God’s intention, “Let there be”, was carried out. Secondly, the constant repetition shows that despite men’s alternative ideas, (ancient and modern), this is how it happened.

1:16 And God made two great lights; the greater light to rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the night: He made the stars also.

And God made two great lights; the greater light to rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the night- no names are given to these light-givers, for God knew that man in his perversity would make them into gods and give them names. God simply calls them lights. As the apostle Paul told the philosophers of Athens, “God that made the world and all things therein, seeing that He is Lord of heaven and earth”, Acts 17:24. The word “He” in that statement is emphasised, as if to say, “Despite the fact that pagan idolaters have called the sun their lord, it is God who is Lord”.
hese two lights give light in different ways, for the sun is a heat-source, whereas the moon simply reflects the light it receives from the sun.
The sun is not called the greatest light, not only because it is only being compared to one other thing, but also because actually “our” sun is not very large compared to some other stars. For instance, the diameter of the star men call Betelgeuse is 215 million miles in diameter, so it would not fit into the space within the orbit of the earth around the sun, which is 93 million miles away from earth.
The sun is four hundred times greater than the moon in size, but it is also four hundred times further away from us that the moon. Because of this, eclipses are more meaningful than they otherwise would be, because the moon or the sun, (depending on what is being eclipsed), “fits” over the other.
The sun and the moon are said to rule because when they are shining at their respective times they dominate the sky, and cause the stars to be insignificant. They also determine when men work and when they sleep, and so control them in that way.
He made the stars also- when we consider the immensity of the universe, and then we find that the stars are only allotted five English words for their creation, we understand God’s priorities rest with the earth, despite its insignificance astronomically. We see this also in the fact that the earth was made before the sun. The sun is the servant of earth, and not its lord. This, of course, goes directly against the ideas of men, who say that the earth is the result of matter spinning off the sun billions of years ago.
t is sometimes asked if Adam could see stars that are billions of light years away. Surely their light had not reached the earth in his day? We should remember the following things:
1. Measurement of the distance of stars over 330 light years away is not accurate.
2. A light year is a distance, not a period of time. It is a distance, moreover, calculated on the assumption that light is travelling at 176,000 miles per second.
3. According to Einstein’s theory of relativity, gravity affects the speed of light.
4. Gravity also affects the passage of time, so that if two clocks are synchronised, and then one is taken to the top of a high mountain, after a while they will read different times.
It is perfectly possible that the force of gravity was such at the time of creation, (decreed by the Creator of course), that the light from the stars arrived at the earth by the time Adam was created two days later. In any case, just as God made Adam a fully grown man, He could have made the starlight on its way from the stars, as well as the stars themselves. It is important to note that the Big Bang theory has its Horizon Problem with starlight as well, so evolutionists would do well to avoid criticising the creation account on this matter.
David the psalmist wrote by inspiration of God, and his words were, “The heavens declare the glory of God; and the firmament showeth His handiwork. Day unto day uttereth speech, and night unto night showeth knowledge. There is no speech nor language where their voice is not heard”, Psalm 19:1-3. So David is telling us that one of the reasons why there are stars in the sky is that we may appreciate the glory of God. As far as we know, the distant stars, (as opposed to our star, the sun), have very little effect on the earth physically. But they can have an effect, spiritually, if we realise they are set in the heavens for a purpose. Notice that David goes on to say that there is no speech or language where their voice is not heard. In other words, where-ever men are upon the face of the earth, whatever their language and dialect, they all have one testimony borne to them by the stars in a way they can understand.
The apostle Paul elaborated on this when he wrote, “That which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God hath showed it unto them. For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse”, Romans 1:19,20. We may learn several things from these statements as we look at them in turn.
1. “That which may be known of God is manifest in them”. In other words, it is possible to know certain things about God, and those things are manifest in or among us, surrounding us on every side in creation.
2. “For God hath showed it unto them”. He has not kept things to Himself, and hidden these truths away, so that only a select few may discover them. They are not obscure, but readily available to all.
3. “For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen”. The created universe is a visible, clearly-seen exhibition of the invisible, (because spiritual), attributes of God. The attributes of God being the character and properties that He possesses.
4. “Even His eternal power and Godhead, so that they are without excuse”. We come here to the heart of the matter. One famous scientist admitted that he didn’t know why the universe bothered to exist. Here is the answer- it exists to display the power and person of God. What does it tell us of His power? For by learning of His power we shall learn of His Godhead, or what He is like as God.
First, it tells us that His power is unique, for only Divine power can bring forth the universe in all its immensity, so that there is something where before there was nothing. The scriptures say, “Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear”, Hebrews 11:3. So His unique power tells us that He is the First Great Cause of everything. If He is the First Cause of physical things, then He is also of spiritual things too.
Second, it tells us His power is controlled, for despite the fact it is eternal power, the point at which He put it forth was entirely decided by Him. There was a moment that the Bible calls the beginning, for “In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth”, Genesis 1:1. His controlled power tells us that He is not nonplussed or thwarted by any circumstance.
Third, that His power is immense. Think of the following facts:
(a) One speck of sky, (the amount that would be covered by a grain of sand held at arm’s length), that seemed to have no stars in it, was photographed by the Hubble Space Telescope and found to contain 2500 galaxies that emitted enough light to be recorded. Each galaxy might contain 100 billion stars. And how many are there whose light is not strong enough to be recorded? All in an “empty” piece of space!
(b) Our sun gives off more energy in one second than would be used by one billion major cities in a year. Yet our own galaxy is 20 billion times brighter that our sun.
(c) There are probably as many stars in the whole universe as there are grains of sand on the seashores of the earth. So God’s immense power tells us He is great beyond our comprehension.
Fourth, that His power is purposeful. Why should there be such vastness of space and its contents? What is the point of them? Why are they there? It is because God thereby signifies His sovereign will. It exists solely because He wills it. Or, to use the words of Revelation 4:11, “Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honour, and power: for Thou hast created all things, and for Thy pleasure they are and were created”. The over-riding purpose for the existence of the universe is the pleasure of the One who created it. The secondary purpose is that His creatures should respond to His greatness and not ignore Him. So His purposeful power shows that He ever acts for His own glory, and in the best interests of His creatures.
Fifth, His power is put forth so that we may learn things. God has showed man His greatness in creation, so that he might be encouraged to enquire further of Him.
Despite all this, there are some things about God that we cannot learn from the stars. Such things as His righteousness and His love have to be expressed in a different way. This is why He sent His Son, the Lord Jesus Christ, into the world, so that we might know God in a fuller way than we could through gazing into the heavens. Because He is God’s Son, the Lord Jesus shares all the attributes of God fully. The Bible puts it like this, “In Him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily”, Colossians 2:9. And again, “No man hath seen God at any time; the only-begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, He hath declared Him”, John 1:18.
We might ask why there needs to be this further revelation. The first reason is that God made man with a will, so that he might worship God and give Him His due. Man is not made to serve his own interests, but to serve God. If he is to do this intelligently then he must have guidance, and this the stars cannot give us. The second reason is that the stars cannot tell us anything about our sinfulness. The Bible says clearly that “all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God”, Romans 3:23. No star could tell us that, even though it is vitally important for us know that solemn truth.
So the Lord Jesus needed to come. The epistle to the Romans puts it this way, “For what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh”, Romans 8:3. This verse tells us several important things. First, that the only God-given system of works has been shown to be ineffective as far as pleasing God is concerned. God gave to the nation of Israel His law, known popularly as the Ten Commandments. The Israelites, however, despite their many privileges and advantages, were unable to keep the law. This was not because the law was faulty, but because they were weak and sinful, powerless to earn God’s favour by works. And what is true of Israel is true of the rest of humanity, for we are no different in nature to them. So the apostle Paul concludes, “By the deeds of the law shall no flesh be justified in His sight, for by the law is the knowledge of sin”, Romans 3:20.
The second thing we learn is that God sent His Son that this situation might be dealt with, so that those who believe might be brought into the good of God’s salvation. He came “in the likeness of sinful flesh”, which means that He became real man without having the sin-nature that we have. He is pure and holy, without one trace of sin in nature or practice. He is therefore in a unique position, and as such is able to become our Saviour.
Thirdly, by His life He “condemned sin in the flesh”. His holiness and righteousness exposed the sins of men. And what was true when He was here two thousand years ago, is true now, for mankind has not improved since He was here. The sinless life of Christ still rebukes us, and shows up our sin.
But He was not only sent to condemn sin, but also to deal with it. He could not do this simply by living. He must die as a sacrifice for sin. This He did, for we read that “Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures; and that He was buried, and that He rose again the third day according to the scriptures: and that He was seen”, 1 Corinthians 15:3-5. His death was not simply that of a martyr, but was sacrificial. “Once in the end of the world hath He appeared, to put away sin by the sacrifice of Himself”, Hebrews 9:26. That His sacrifice for sin was accepted is shown by the fact that God raised Him from the dead. This would not have happened if there was anything faulty about the work of the Lord Jesus on the cross of Calvary.
So what should our response to these things be? The wise response to these truths is to own up to our sins, confess them to God, turn from them, (which the Bible calls repentance), and rest in simple faith in the Lord Jesus and what He did on the cross for us. We cannot save ourselves from sin and its penalty, but He can; and He will, if we turn from self-effort, and rest by faith in what He did when He died on the cross and rose again.

1:17 And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth,

1:18 And to rule over the day and over the night, and to divide the light from the darkness: and God saw that it was good.

1:19 And the evening and the morning were the fourth day.

These three verses highlight the three major effects of having the sun and moon in the sky, namely, to give light, to rule, and to divide. The other purposes are found in verse 14, to be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years. So there are seven functions in all that the sun and moon perform as they serve man. It is important to remember that in a soon-coming day “the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken”, Matthew 24:29. These are the words of the Lord Jesus Himself as He referred to His coming to earth to judge. It is not that the stars will actually fall onto the earth, but they will begin to fall unto the earth. Imagine the consternation of scientists as they discover that the stars have reversed their direction of travel, (assuming they are, indeed, travelling away from us), and are now hurtling towards the earth. But writing of that same time, John tells us that the heavens are going to depart as when a scroll is rolled together, Revelation 6:14. This means that the stars in their familiar places will be jumbled up and be unrecognisable. Men will have used the stars to bolster their God-denying theories, and it is only right that God should signal His disapproval in this way.

REVELATION 4

We hope you find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made. It would be appreciated if the name of the website were to be retained at the end of the article if it is printed for distribution to others. Thank you.

You will find that if you copy the text into Libre Office Writer the formatting will be retained for printing.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the contact form at the end of each article. We would be pleased to hear from you.


Introduction to the chapter

Certain features of Christ from the vision of the Son of Man in chapter one were used to describe Him as He spoke to the seven churches, chapters two and three.  Several features were not used there, however, so we may think of them as appropriate to the way in which Christ reveals Himself to the world in judgement before He actually comes.  The features not used in chapters 2 and 3 are:

“One like unto the Son of Man”. HIS OFFICIAL AND UNIVERSAL AUTHORITY.
“Clothed with a garment down to the foot”.  HIS KINGLY DIGNITY
“His head and His hairs were white like wool, as white as snow”. HIS FULNESS OF WISDOM
“His countenance as the sun shineth in his strength”. HIS STERN WRATH
“Have the keys of hell and of death”. HIS FULL AUTHORITY 

    

That chapters 4 to 19 are not in chronological order is seen from the fact that there are references to the end of the tribulation period and the start of the reign of Christ throughout, as follows:

Chapter 5:13 “Every creature…heard I saying”.  This will not happen until the Lord sets up His kingdom.
Chapter 7:17 “These are they that come out of great tribulation”.  This is not tribulation in general, but the specific “tribulation, the great one”, the last three and a half years before Christ comes.
Chapter 11:15 “The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our God, and of His Christ”.  This happens when Christ comes to reign, but further  judgements come in chapters 12-18.
Chapter 14:5 “a Lamb stood on mount Sion, and with Him, a hundred and forty four thousand”.  Those sent out to preach in chapter 7 are now safely in heaven before the throne of God, their work over.
Chapter 15:2 “And I saw…them that had gotten the victory over the beast…stand on the sea of glass”.  Those who have gained the victory over the beast are seen before God.
Chapter 19:6 “The Lord God Omnipotent reigneth”.  A celebration in anticipation of the glorious reign of Christ over the earth.  The Beast, the False Prophet and Satan are not yet destroyed, but their end is certain.

So we are given partial revelations of Christ all through chapters 4 to 19, with each revelation contributing to the final personal revelation at His actual coming.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE BOOK OF THE REVELATION CHAPTER 4, VERSES 1 TO 11:

4:1  After this I looked, and, behold, a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said, Come up hither, and I will shew thee things which must be hereafter.

4:2  And immediately I was in the spirit: and, behold, a throne was set in heaven, and one sat on the throne.

4:3  And He that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an emerald.

4:4  And round about the throne were four and twenty seats: and upon the seats I saw four and twenty elders sitting, clothed in white raiment; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.

4:5  And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God.

4:6  And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal: and in the midst of the throne, and round about the throne, were four beasts full of eyes before and behind.

4:7  And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle.

4:8  And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come.

4:9  And when those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to Him that sat on the throne, who liveth for ever and ever,

4:10  The four and twenty elders fall down before Him that sat on the throne, and worship Him that liveth for ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne, saying,

4:11  Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honour and power: for Thou hast created all things, and for Thy pleasure they are and were created. 

THE THRONE ROOM OF THE CREATOR GOD

4:1  After this I looked, and, behold, a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said, Come up hither, and I will show thee things which must be hereafter.

After this I looked, and, behold, a door was opened in heaven- the scene changes at this point in the book.  John had been told that he was to write “the things which thou hast seen, (the vision of the Son of Man in chapter 1), the things that are, (the condition of the seven churches in Asia at that time), and the things which shall be hereafter”.  The latter phrase does not mean after death as the world uses the phrase “the hereafter”, but “after these things”; in other words after the current things concerning the churches.  And now that word “hereafter” occurs again, indicating to us that the third section of the book is about to begin, and matters relative to the future are about to be unfolded.  Or as we read chapter 1:1, “to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass”.  God’s servants need to have an awareness of what is to happen in the future, so that they may serve Him intelligently in the present.  In chapters 2 and 3 the scene is earth, with seven churches bearing testimony in their respective locations in Asia Minor, but now the scene changes to heaven.

We need to be aware of the point of chapters 4 and 5.  They give to us a sight of the heavenly throne-room, and transactions conducted there.  Since God is about to start His long-predicted judgements, it is fitting that we should be shown the seat of government.  Important also, to know through whom that judgement will be executed.  The Lord Jesus taught when He was here below that “the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgement unto the Son: that all men should honour the Son, even as they honour the Father”, John 5:22,23.  And again, the Father hath “given Him authority to execute judgement also, because He is the Son of Man”, John 5:27.  So we are told the object of giving the Son of God the task of judging, namely that He may receive equal honour with the Father.  Most acknowledge that only one who is God is qualified to judge men so as to decide their eternal destiny, and so the Father has allotted this task to His Son to declare yet again His Deity.  We are also told two of the grounds upon which He has been given the task.  First, that He is Son of Man, and as such He has relevance to all men.  Second, that as Son of Man He has been amongst them in His ministry, and they have had opportunity to either respond to Him directly when they came into contact with Him, or indirectly when He was preached to them, or they read the gospel records of His life. 
Solomon’s temple had doors for access to the oracle, or speaking-place, where God spoke to His people, 1 Kings 6:31.  Now John is ushered through a door into the temple of which Solomon’s was but a pattern, see 1 Chronicles 28:11-13.

And the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said, Come up hither- the first voice John heard invited him to come into the presence of God.  The fact that the voice sounded like a trumpet reminds us of the words of 1 Corinthians 15:52, “the last trump”, or 1 Thessalonians 4:16, “the trump of God”.  We have here a rehearsal of what will happen when Christ comes for His church saints, and they shall be caught up to be for ever with the Lord in heaven. 
And I will show thee things which must be hereafter- the church saints shall be caught up to be with the Lord in heaven, but here John anticipates that, and is also given a preview of what will take place after the Lord Jesus has come into the air for the church.

4:2  And immediately I was in the spirit: and, behold, a throne was set in heaven, and one sat on the throne.

And immediately I was in the spirit- see chapter 1:10 for comments about the expression “in the spirit”.  The fact that John was not in the spirit before tells us that this is not a reference to the position in the Spirit that is true of all believers all the time, but simply means that he is transported into the realm that the body cannot go to at present, although when the resurrection body is received, it will be otherwise.  The doors in Solomon’s temple were made of olive tree wood, and olive oil is a symbol of the Spirit of God in Scripture.  Note the immediate response of John to this invitation to enter heaven’s courts.  We might well ask ourselves whether heaven’s affairs have this sort of attraction for us.  As the apostle Paul wrote, “Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth.  For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God”, Colossians 3:2,3.
And, behold, a throne was set in heaven- it is good to know that despite the rebellion of angels and men during the last six thousand years, there is still a throne set in heaven.  Nothing has happened to make that throne unstable, let alone remove it.  More than this, the throne, the seat of power and government, is occupied.
And one sat on the throne- the Divine Throne-Sitter is there in all His solitary grandeur.  God has not abdicated His throne, nor will He do so.

4:3  And He that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an emerald.

And He that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone- it is noticeable how sparse is the description John gives us of the Throne-Sitter.  He is content to tell us simply that He looked like two precious stones, and that He had a book in His right hand.  In chapter 4 we are introduced to the Judge of all the earth, Genesis 18:25, in His capacity as the Creator-God.  It is fitting, then, that He should be described in terms of the precious things He had hidden in the earth.  This reminds us that the earth is precious to God.  Of all the places in the universe, this is His favourite; not least because on this planet His Son was crucified.  The earth may or may not be the physical centre of the universe, but that event on earth is certainly the moral centre. 
And there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an emerald- as the judgements of God unfold in the following chapters, it becomes clear that many of them are inflicted on men using physical things, such as scorching sun, water made bitter, rivers dried up, hail and fire from heaven, earthquakes, and so on.  It is good to see, therefore, that there is a rainbow round God’s throne, for this is His token in the heavens that He will never again flood the earth as He did in Noah’s time.  He made a covenant with the earth, and the rainbow is the sign of that covenant.  His words were these:
“And God spake unto Noah, and to his sons with him, saying, And I, behold, I establish My covenant with you, and with your seed after you;
And with every living creature that is with you, of the fowl, of the cattle, and of every beast of the earth with you; from all that go out of the ark, to every beast of the earth.
And I will establish my covenant with you; neither shall all flesh be cut off any more by the waters of a flood; neither shall there any more be a flood to destroy the earth.
And God said, This is the token of the covenant which I make between Me and you and every living creature that is with you, for perpetual generations:
I do set My bow in the cloud, and it shall be for a token of a covenant between Me and the earth.
And it shall come to pass, when I bring a cloud over the earth, that the bow shall be seen in the cloud:
And I will remember My covenant, which is between Me and you and every living creature of all flesh; and the waters shall no more become a flood to destroy all flesh.
And the bow shall be in the cloud; and I will look upon it, that I may remember the everlasting covenant between God and every living creature of all flesh that is upon the earth.
And God said unto Noah, This is the token of the covenant, which I have established between Me and all flesh that is upon the earth”, Genesis 9:8-17. 

So the rainbow is the token of God’s faithfulness to His covenant.  Yet instead of being multi-coloured, this rainbow is emerald-green, the central colour of the rainbow as we see it.  Colours have different effects upon us, and green is the one most likely to calm and quieten.  Despite the upheavals that are about to occur upon the earth, heaven is calm and unruffled. The rainbow derives its colours from the fact that light is split into its colours by droplets of water acting as prisms.  There is no water in this rainbow, however, for otherwise it would not be only green.  This waterless rainbow is a powerful testimony to the fact that God is remembering His covenant with the earth, (in particular that he will not flood it with water again), even whilst He is judging the men on the earth. 
Furthermore, this bow encircles the throne; it is not a part-circle as with us as we look up from the earth, but a complete circle.  God’s purpose for the earth will be fully accomplished, and the rainbow tells us it shall be so.  The reason why God’s purpose shall be fully realised is because the administration of all things is entrusted to His Son, and He cannot fail.

4:4  And round about the throne were four and twenty seats: and upon the seats I saw four and twenty elders sitting, clothed in white raiment; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.

And round about the throne were four and twenty seats- we are now introduced to one of three groups of beings John saw in connection with the throne.  There are twenty four seats, or thrones, (the word is the same as the throne on which God sits, but no doubt the translators were anxious to distinguish between the two, and hence called them seats.  The word throne comes from the verb “to sit”).  We mentioned earlier that Solomon’s temple was modelled on the heavenly temple, for David was given the pattern of the temple by the Spirit, 1 Chronicles 28:12.  So also, the administration of that temple was ordered in accordance with David’s arrangements.   There were twenty four courses of priests, 1 Chronicles 24;18; of Levites, verses 20-30; of singers, 25:31, (288, or 12 x 24, altogether, verse 7);  of gate-keepers, 26:17; 12 captains of a host of 24 thousand, plus 12 princes of the tribes of Israel, 27:1-22.  It was these latter persons who gave willingly so that the temple could be built, 28:1; 29:6-9.  Clearly David is organising the temple around the number 24, and hence it is no surprise that there are 24 beings sitting in administration in heaven’s throne-room, which is also heaven’s temple, for justice and holiness co-exist in heaven.  Solomon’s throne of judgement was at the entrance to the temple, 1 Kings 7:7, and thus the temple was central to the government of Israel.
And upon the seats I saw four and twenty elders sitting- we find that these personages are combining the various functions that the officers in the temple carried out.  In 4:4 they are round about the throne, guarding the presence of God like the gatekeepers in the temple courts.  In 4:10 they worship like the priests.  In 5:5 one of the elders explains the situation to John, just as the Levites taught the people.  In 5:9 they play the harp and sing like the musician-singers in the temple choir. 
We know from the book of Daniel that there is a correspondence between angelic beings, whether good or evil, and administration upon earth.  In chapter 10:13,20,21, Daniel learns that Gabriel had been withstood by the angel-prince of Persia, an evil angel allotted by the Devil to defend his wicked interests in the kingdom of Persia.  Gabriel had been helped, however, by the archangel Michael, who stands to defend the interests of God in Israel.  Couple this with the fact that there is a class of angels called “thrones”, Colossians 1:16, and we are ready to see in these twenty four elders those angelic beings who are given special wisdom, (hence they are called elders), to administer for God, and no doubt in particular in connection with His spiritual interests in the earth, centred in the future rebuilt temple at Jerusalem.
Clothed in white raiment- in chapter 1:9 the word for clothed means to have put on clothing, (with the emphasis on the “put on”, since there is no word for garment in the original passage, it is contained within the verb), for the Son of Man as He prepares to judge is assuming a different role, and a different garment is appropriate.  Here, however, the word “clothed” means that which is thrown around, like a mantle.  Perhaps the thought is that whereas the garment of Christ in the vision represents that which He is in Himself, these have been invested with authority from God.  Their garments are white, for they represent the righteousness of God as they administer.
And they had on their heads crowns of gold- of this word crown W.E Vine says it denotes “public honour for distinguished service, especially at the arrival of kings”.  The king is about to make His presence felt on earth, and these elders are appropriately crowned for that momentous occasion.  They wear victor’s crowns, such as was worn by those who had distinguished themselves as citizens of a city.  These had been faithful to God in the past, and this had been recognised.  In verse 10 they cast their crowns before the throne, willingly giving up their role in favour of Christ.

There are those who believe that the four living creatures and the twenty four elders are symbols of the church.  The following things should be borne in mind:

1. They address God in a different way to that appropriate for church believers.
2. John, a member of the church, is separate from them.
3. Individual elders and living creatures are spoken of, so they are not symbolic groupings.
4. The elders know something the apostle does not, 5:5; 7:13.
5. John does not join in their praise.  He weeps, but does not sing.
6. If the elders and living creatures are symbolic, then the angels must be too.

4:5  And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God. 

And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices- something of the impending storm of Divine judgement is indicated to us here with the mention of lightnings and thunderings from the throne of God itself.  When James and John, surnamed “sons of thunder” by the Lord Jesus, Mark 3:27, were angry with the Samaritans on one occasion, they asked to call down fire from heaven on them.  Christ rebuked them, however, for they were out of harmony with the character of His mission.  “The Son of Man came not destroy men’s lives, but to save them”, Luke 9:51-56.
The character of God’s dealings with men will have changed by the time this scene is enacted in heaven, and the thunders and lightnings of Divine wrath are heard and seen.  When Ezekiel saw the throne of heaven, the fire issuing forth from God was infolding itself, not streaming forth as far as men, but turning back on itself before it reached them, Ezekiel 1:4.  Now all is different.

There are voices, too, for the demands of God’s throne are about to be met.  As far as believers are concerned, the demands of God’s throne were met at Calvary by their Saviour, but men generally spurned that work, and are now about to reap the consequences.
And there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God- in chapter 1:4 John sent greetings from the seven Spirits which are before God’s throne, and the Lord Jesus presented Himself to the church of Sardis as having the seven Spirits of God.  The lampstand in the tabernacle had seven branches, and each branch a bowl for oil, and a lamp burning.  Sardis needed to be restored to burning with a light produced by the Spirit of God, and not the mere light of profession which was liable to go out, Matthew 25:8.
Here, however, the light is of fire, not of testimony.  God is about to judge men, and His anger is about to burn against them in all its fulness, hence the seven lamps of fire, (the Hebrew word for “seven” meaning “complete, full, satisfied”).  Isaiah 4:4 indicates that God intends to purge the blood of Jerusalem from the midst thereof “by the spirit of judgement, and by the spirit of burning”.

4:6  And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal: and in the midst of the throne, and round about the throne, were four beasts full of eyes before and behind.

And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal- again we are introduced to temple imagery, for in Solomon’s temple there were not only lavers at which the priests washed the sacrifices, but also a brazen sea, so called because of the large volume of water it contained.  This was for the priests to wash in.  In heaven, however, there is no need of cleansing, for all who reach there must have been cleansed from sin on earth.  This sea not only emphasises that point, but also will serve in a later chapter to form the platform upon which the redeemed stand before God, 15:2.  The storms of their earthly experience will be over, and they will stand calmly before God on the crystal sea.  The sea is like glass, reflecting the purity of those who will eventually stand upon it, and the glass is like crystal.  Crystal has the ability to reflect light beautifully, and the glories of heaven are reflected even in the floor of the throne-room.  Both glass and crystal are enough like water to serve as a reminder of God’s Word, which cleansed them from defilement on earth. 
And in the midst of the throne, and round about the throne, were four beasts full of eyes before and behind- they are said to be in the midst of the throne as to their position, and round about the throne as to their function.  In 1 Samuel 4:4 we learn that God dwelleth between the cherubim, as symbolised by the mercy-seat.  In Ezekiel 1:26 we discover that the cherubim formed a chariot upon which Jehovah sat.
Here we find that the living creatures are in the midst of the throne and also around it in some way. Perhaps the throne is curved forwards, and two of the the living creatures are standing behind the throne centrally, and two are standing at either edge, so that they are both in the midst and also around the throne. They are central to the outworking of God’s purposes, and protect His interests.  In order to do this they are full of eyes, for they need to be ever vigilant.  Those eyes are before and behind, for the danger to God’s throne may come from the least expected quarter.  We must always remember that it was an anointed cherub that covered and protected the throne of God, Lucifer, who rebelled against God, Ezekiel 28:14.

4:7  And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle.

And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle- just as the number of elders reminds us of the arrangements for the temple, and thus has relevance to God’s spiritual interests in the earth, so these, four in number, link to the earth itself and God’s interests in the material world. We have already noticed that God’s covenant was with Noah the man, (represented perhaps by the living creature with the face of a man); with the fowls, (represented by the eagle); the cattle, (represented by the ox); and the beasts, (represented by the lion).
God
is asserting His creator rights in this chapter, and is beginning to remedy the harm that man has done to the earth, so that it may, as to its natural state, be reconciled to Him again, see Colossians 1:20, and delivered from the bondage of corruption, Romans 8:21.  He is also going to use upsets in the natural world to judge men, and therefore assures us that He is not intent on destroying the earth, but of restoring it eventually.  It is those who destroy the earth who shall be destroyed, 11:18. All the time, however, His throne will have a bow around it, showing he has not abandoned His promises to creation.

These creatures are described as beasts, but we should notice that the word used of them is not the same as is used of the two beasts of Revelation 13.  There the word used emphasises that they are wild animals, whereas here the word used emphasises that they are living, as befits those who surround the throne of the living God.  After all, only one of the living creatures is a wild animal.  But as living creatures they represent the four major classes of creatures on the earth.  The lion is the king of the forest; the calf is the king of the field; the man is king of the earth’s fulness, whereas the eagle is the king of the firmament.  These four, that head up life on earth, are represented in heaven by the living creatures.  The flood had destroyed these classes of living thing on the earth, but the combination of the living creatures and the rainbow round the throne guarantees that no flood will ever engulf the earth again.

It is interesting to notice that the third living creature is only said to have the face of a man, whereas the other creatures were completely like those they represent.  Thus is preserved the distinctiveness of man among the works of God.  The face often stands for the person, as in the expression “the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ”, 2 Corinthians 4:6.  This reminds us that the personality of man is one of his distinctive features, and is the sign that he alone has been made in the image and likeness of God.  “All flesh is not the same flesh: but there is one kind of flesh of men, another of beasts, another of fishes, and another of birds”, 1 Corinthians 15:39.

4:8  And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come.

And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him- we are not told the function of the wings of these creatures as we are of the seraphim in Isaiah 6.  Perhaps the emphasis is upon their protection of the throne of God, just as the cherubim overshadowed the mercy-seat with their wings.

And they were full of eyes within- their alertness, as they safeguarded the created world was sourced in the very core of their being.  Theirs was not a casual guardianship, but one to which they were totally committed. 
And they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy- they ascribe thrice-holiness to God, and do so unceasingly.  Of course there is no day and night in heaven, but from the standpoint of earth they continue without ceasing.  John is very conscious of conditions on earth, (just as Daniel was when, in Babylon, he prayed to God as if the temple rituals were still going on, Daniel 9:21).  He is strengthened by the thought that heaven’s worship ceases not, whatever the conditions on earth may be.
God is holy in a threefold way.  First, He is holy in the sense that He is totally separate and distinct from matter.  He is Spirit, and as such is beyond all the limitation that physical things have.  Second, He is holy in the sense that He is creator even of non-material spirit-beings like angels.  Third, He is holy in the sense that the state creation has degenerated into is not to be blamed on Him.  When He subjected creation to vanity and the bondage of corruption, it was of necessity, since it was not suitable that Adam, a fallen head of creation, should be over an unfallen world, see Romans 8:20.  These creatures know these three things, and hence ascribe thrice-holiness to God.
Lord God Almighty- they not only speak of holiness three times, but speak of God’s name in a three-fold way.  He is Lord, God, and Almighty.  As Lord He can be relied upon to keep His covenant with the earth, for Jehovah is His covenant-keeping name.  As God He is the creator of all things, and should be recognised as such.  As Almighty He is competent to maintain what He created.  These three ideas go against the current thinking of men.  There are those who do not believe that God has any interest in this world, but is aloof and distant.  There are those who do not believe that He even exists as the one who created the world.  Others do not believe that it is being maintained by Almighty God, but is in a state of random chaos.
Which was, and is, and is to come- this is the relationship of God to time.  He was, for in the beginning He made all things.  His power and Godhead are eternal, Romans 1:20, but He chose the moment for time to begin.  He is, for He has not abdicated His position as Creator, despite the evolutionary theories of men.  He is to come, for He is about to restore the earth to a state suitable for Christ to reign over. 

4:9  And when those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to Him that sat on the throne, who liveth for ever and ever,

And when those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to Him that sat on the throne- not only is the expression of praise of the living creatures structured around the number three, but the effect of their praise is three-fold.  They give glory to God, recognising Him to be the great originator of all the things they represent.  They honour Him as Creator, and not for one moment dishonour Him by suggesting He is the author of the evil that has blighted the world.  They give thanks to Him for their own existence and preservation, and that of creation generally.  He lives for ever and ever, and manifested His eternal power and Godhead in the creation of all things at the beginning, Romans 1:20.

4:10  The four and twenty elders fall down before Him that sat on the throne, and worship Him that liveth for ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne, saying,

The four and twenty elders fall down before Him that sat on the throne, and worship Him that liveth for ever and ever- the worship of the living creatures as they who praise God as creator prompts the twenty four elders to worship God also.  Not only is God the one who dominates time, for He was and is, and is to come, but He is the God of eternity too.  He not only exists for all eternity, but lives; this is the condition of His existence. 
And cast their crowns before the throne, saying- they do this in willing recognition that God is the only one worthy to be honoured with a crown.  In recognition also that there is one about to be invested with universal dominion, so they defer to Him, even Christ, who is about to be introduced in chapter 5.

4:11  Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honour and power: for thou hast created all things, and for thy pleasure they are and were created. 

Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honour and power- the elders repeat the glory and honour that the living creatures have ascribed to God, but substitute “power” for “thanks”.  The word for power they use gives us the English word dynamite; it is power that accomplishes things.  The elders concentrate on the actual making of all things, rather than God’s relationship to them as suggested by the praise of the living creatures, hence the mention of power.  God is the creator of all things, whether they are visible or not, and He did it by the exercise of His eternal power. 
For thou hast created all things, and for thy pleasure they are and were created- the reason these things were created is now stated, (for the elders always give a reason for their worship).  He has made a universe of order, complexity, beauty, and usefulness, simply because He loves to have it so.  The universe is not therefore the chance coming together of atoms in random fashion, but the orderly production of an intelligent Creator, who takes pleasure in the things He has created.  They are for His pleasure now, and they were when He created them.  Of course, we know that through the fall of man the creation that God pronounced to be “very good”, has been spoiled.  But He can see the end from the beginning, and knows that one day creation shall be released from its bondage, and brought into glorious liberty, and  this the elders celebrate.

(c)  www.Christian-gospel.info

TABERNACLE STUDIES: The Altar of Incense

The details about the altar of incense are given to us in the words of the Bible, the Christian Scriptures, as found in the Book of Exodus chapter 30, verses 1 to 10:

30:1 And thou shalt make an altar to burn incense upon: of shittim wood shalt thou make it. 30:2 A cubit shall be the length thereof, and a cubit the breadth thereof; foursquare shall it be: and two cubits shall be the height thereof: the horns thereof shall be of the same. 30:3 And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, the top thereof, and the sides thereof round about, and the horns thereof; and thou shalt make unto it a crown of gold round about. 30:4 And two golden rings shalt thou make to it under the crown of it, by the two corners thereof, upon the two sides of it shalt thou make it; and they shall be for places for the staves to bear it withal. 30:5 And thou shalt make the staves of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold. 30:6 And thou shalt put it before the veil that is by the ark of the testimony, before the mercy seat that is over the testimony, where I will meet with thee. 30:7 And Aaron shall burn thereon sweet incense every morning: when he dresseth the lamps, he shall burn incense upon it. 30:8 And when Aaron lighteth the lamps at even, he shall burn incense upon it, a perpetual incense before the Lord throughout your generations. 30:9 Ye shall offer no strange incense thereon, nor burnt sacrifice, nor meat offering; neither shall ye pour drink offering thereon. 30:10 And Aaron shall make an atonement upon the horns of it once in a year with the blood of the sin offering of atonements: once in the year shall he make atonement upon it throughout your generations: it is most holy unto the Lord.

The position of the altar of incense It is very clear from the above passage that the altar of incense was placed before the vail, and in line with the ark, for verse 6 says it was:

(a) “before the vail”, so was in the Holy Place.

(b) “by the ark”, so the altar and the ark were in line, with the vail between.

(c) “before the mercy seat”, so the emphasis is on what was over the ark.

(d) “where I will meet with thee”, so the reason the mercy seat was specifically mentioned was because God promised to meet with Moses from between the cherubim on the ark, Exodus 25:22. This means that the brazen altar, the laver, the altar of incense and the ark were all in the direct line of approach to God.

We have noticed that the brazen altar was “before the door”, not “before the gate”, looking back; now we learn that the incense altar was “before the vail”, not “before the door” looking back. So by the very position of these vessels there is encouragement to draw near to God. Of course, this drawing near was limited. Moses, indeed, could commune with God before the ark, but for the rest of Israel there was a restriction. The high priest could only enter in to the Holiest of All on one day in the year; the sons of the high priest could only venture into the Holy Place; the ordinary Israelite could only enter through the gate into the court, and stand by the altar. How different is it for the Christian, for he has a “better hope”, by which he can “draw nigh to God”, Hebrews 7:19. So when we hear the exhortation to “draw near”, Hebrews 10:19, let us respond to it.

As the Levitical priest entered the Holy Place through the door, he passed pillars which stood on sockets of brass. It was as if they were a last warning to him as he entered. These brass sockets ask him, as he is about the tread the courts of the Lord, and as he is about to handle Divine things, “Have you washed your hands and feet at the brazen laver?”. They also ask, “Have you fire from the brazen altar, if you intend to burn incense?”

The only other brass in the tabernacle itself was the taches of brass joining the goats’ hair curtains together. As we have seen, the eleventh of these curtains hung over the front of the tabernacle. So the taches of the eleventh curtain were positioned at the top of the pillars of the door. So not only does the priest look down, and is cautioned about feet-washing, but he also looks up, and is assured of atonement made, for that is the significance of the goats’ hair curtains. So he has taken responsibility for his own cleansing from ceremonial defilement, and God has taken care of the defilement of his sins. He can draw near with assurance.

The court area was a rectangle measuring 100 x 50 cubits, making two squares one in front of the other. Based on the analogy of the layout of the temple in Jerusalem, the brazen altar would be in the centre of the first 50-cubit square, and the ark would be in the centre of the second 50-cubit square. But the ground area of the tabernacle itself was 30 x 10 cubits, being an area of 20 x 10 for the Holy Place plus an area of 10 x 10 for the Holy of Holies. This means that the incense altar was probably in the centre of the inside of tabernacle building. These three vessels, therefore, are central, and represent the work of Christ in the past, on earth, (brazen altar); the work of Christ in the present, in heaven, (incense altar), and the Person of Christ who is the centre of God’s purpose at all times, (the ark).

The purpose of the altar of incense The purpose of the altar was to enable incense to be burnt, so that the tabernacle could be fragrant with its perfume. Incense is a symbol of prayer, as we see from David’s words, “Let my prayer be set forth unto thee as incense”, Psalm 141:2. We may couple this with the words of Luke in his gospel, “The whole multitude of the people were praying without at the time of incense”, Luke 1:10. Note that David can only say “as incense”, for he cannot actually stand at altar to offer literal incense. Nor can the multitude of Luke chapter 1 stand there, but have to be represented by another, for only a Levitical priest can offer at this altar. So we learn that the altar of incense is the means whereby the symbol of prayer can be offered to God. Christ is typified by this vessel, and the incense represents His current intercessory ministry in heaven. We shall look later at some references to this in the New Testament.

The pattern of the altar of incense The altar was made of shittim wood. We have seen already that this represents Christ’s sinless perfection. The particular relevance in this connection being that there is nothing in Christ to disturb or interrupt His prayer. He does not need to confess His sins before praying, nor do any wrong thoughts enter His mind as He intercedes. Scripture speaks of “the iniquity of the holy things”, Exodus 28:38, for even as they ministered to God the priests might entertain wrong thoughts. There is no such possibility with Christ. The psalmist said, “If I regard iniquity in my heart, the Lord will not hear me”, Psalm 66:18. We may compare with this the words of the Lord Jesus, “I knew that Thou hearest Me always”, John 11:42. He was, and is, always heard because He is always free of iniquity.

The other material of the altar was pure gold, representing the Deity of Christ in all its fullness. The gold is expressly said to be pure gold, for He has been through the heat of His temptations down here, and no dross was found. He Himself could say, “The prince of this world cometh, and hath nothing in Me”, John 14:30.  How Satan would have loved to find some fault or flaw in Christ; some defect, however small, which would give him the opportunity to undermine and overthrow Him. But there was none. Christ’s life-sufferings and temptations fit Him to minister to our needs now. We read, “For in that He Himself hath suffered, being tempted, He is able to succour them that are tempted”, Hebrews 2:18. It is as a Son with His Father that He intercedes, John 17:1,9,20, so both His Deity and His manhood render Him fit to intercede for us.

The horns of the altar The incense altar had four horns, and these were “of the same”, verse 2. We saw that the horns of the brazen altar, symbolising power, remind us that the gospel, (based as it is on the sacrificial work of Christ), is “the power of God unto salvation, to every one that believeth”, Romans 1:16. The four horns of the golden altar also represent Christ’s power, but this time to save by His intercession. “He is able to succour them that are tempted”, Hebrews 2:18. “Wherefore He is able  to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by Him, seeing He ever liveth to make intercession for them”, Hebrews 7:25. The word ‘able’ has the idea of ‘has power’.  Since the horns are of the same wood as the rest of the altar, we are assured that the effectiveness of Christ’s intercession is firmly footed in the fact that he is the sinless Son of God.

The rings and the staves of the altar Like the rings and staves of the other vessels that had them, these remind us of the way in which, during His pilgrimage down here, (the staff is a symbol of the pilgrim, Exodus 12:11; 1 Peter 1:13), the Lord Jesus was acting in total accord with the eternal purpose of God. The staves were made of wood and gold, but the rings were only of gold, and so relate to matters before the incarnation. The world around presented many challenges to the Lord Jesus. How will He deal with these challenges? The answer is that He will do so with entire reliance upon His Father, whose will He had come to obey. The world would seek to make Him swerve from the pathway of total devotion, but He would utterly refuse to be moved. We think of the way Satan sought to use the world to deflect Him. The pangs of hunger; the desire to be preserved; the desire for recognition; these are common in the world, and the devil tried to use them to cause Christ to sin. But He utterly refused the allurements offered to Him. By what power does He do so? By the power of prayer, for when He had come up out of Jordan He had done so praying, and then had immediately been led into the wilderness to be tempted, Luke 3:21; Mark 1:12. He defeated the enemy by fervent and dependent prayer. No wonder He said to His own, “Watch and pray, lest ye enter into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak”, Matthew 26:41. To enter into temptation means to go along with it.  It was because He was marked by prayer that the will of the Lord Jesus was determined to please His Father in all things.

In Luke 5:16 we find the second reference to Christ praying. In verse 15 we learn that there went a fame abroad of Him: and great multitudes came together to hear Him and be healed. His response? He withdrew Himself into the wilderness, and prayed. The tense of the verb withdrew is the one that tells us that this was His habit, not something occasional. So whilst Luke tells us of seven specific incidents of the Lord praying, he does not mean us to think He only prayed seven times. Surrounded by the crowds of admirers, Christ humbly withdrew, lest they should gain the impression that He was in any way interested in popularity. After all, He would be crucified by popular vote.

The scene changes in chapter 6:12, for the scribes and Pharisees were filled with madness over His healing of the man with the withered hand. His response was to retire to the mountain to pray, and continued in this prayer all night. This was a double response, for He knew that the animosity they expressed would eventually result in His crucifixion. No doubt His praying took account of that, and would express His continued determination to do His Father’s will, even though that would involve the cross. But there was another matter in hand. He was going to appoint the twelve apostles the next day, and this would need to be done in obedience and submission to His Father, too. He would deliberately choose Judas, who would betray Him, and only one completely dedicated to His Father’s will would do such a thing. Perhaps there is also the thought that He is preparing for the continuation of the testimony through the apostles after He has returned to heaven, and thus His prayers would be an expression of confidence in the will of His Father in that respect.

The fourth record Luke gives of His praying is in Luke 9:18, where the Lord is alone, praying, yet His disciples were with Him. Does this mean that when He was praying He was totally oblivious of that which was going on around Him? He is about to ask them to give their personal testimony as to who He is, and no doubt He is praying that they may testify aright.

The fifth occasion is on the mount of transfiguration, and only Luke tells us that as He was transfigured before them, He was praying. The scene gives a preview of the coming kingdom, and tells us that when Christ reigns upon the earth, He shall do so mediatorially, in dependence upon His Father still. This will be in direct contrast to the rulers of men, who rely on their own resources in self-will.

It is no surprise to find that having companied with the Saviour for so many months, the disciples should come to Him as He prayed, and request that He teach them to pray, Luke 11:1. No matter how well they prayed, however, they would never surpass Christ in His utter devotion and dependence upon His God.

The seventh scene is one of great pathos, for in Gethsemane the Saviour is upon the ground, prostrate before His God and Father. Gethsemane means the place of olive presses, and the truly spiritual man, the “green olive tree in the house of God”, Psalm 52:8, is being pressed and crushed. Yet, nonetheless, He desires only that the will of God be done, even though He knows what that will is.

So in all these contrasting circumstances, baptism in the Jordan or transfiguration on the mount; popularity or unpopularity, He indicates His utter dependence upon His Father by His praying. We are assured by this thatHe has been through every trial, and has taken that knowledge to heaven with Him, so that He may intercede meaningfully for His own.

We gain further insight into His intercessory work by a consideration of five Scriptures.

(i) Intercession to prevent failure

“And the Lord said, Simon, Simon, behold, Satan hath desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat: But I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not: and when thou art converted, strengthen thy brethren. And he said unto him, Lord, I am ready to go with thee, both into prison, and to death. And He said, I tell thee, Peter, the cock shall not crow this day, before that thou shalt thrice deny that thou knowest Me”, Luke 22:31-34.

And the Lord said, Simon, Simon- the Lord Jesus addresses Peter by his old name, and does so twice over, to arrest his attention. Simon was the name given to him at his birth. The Lord had renamed him Cephas, meaning a stone, John 1:42. This is the equivalent of the name Peter. So by calling him by his birth-name, the Lord is highlighting his vulnerability, for he still has the old self within, with all its weakness. In this he is like all believers. Behold, Satan hath desired to have you- note the difference between “you”, (plural), in this verse, meaning all the disciples, and “thee” (singular), in the next verse, meaning Peter. Modern translations, because they reject the use of the word “thou”, miss this distinction, and so are not so precise. We should value the distinction that is preserved in these two words, and not be led astray by modern thinking. By declaring “Satan hath desired to have you”, the Lord shows that He knew what Satan was demanding in heaven, as he accused before God. See Job 1:6;2:1; Revelation 12:10. He was seeking the downfall of all the disciples. He had almost fully succeeded with Judas, but now he is claiming the other eleven. Peter is always at the beginning of the lists of the disciples, and in fact in Matthew 10:2 is called “the first”. This does not make him “prince of the apostles” as some speak, but it does emphasise that he took a prominent place amongst them. It is easy to see from the gospel records that he was energetic, alert, ready to speak for the others, and of great zeal. These fit him to lead, and as such, make him a target for the enemy. Peter himself later warned believers that they should “Be sober, vigilant; because your adversary the devil, as a roaring lion, walketh about, seeking whom he may devour”, 1 Peter 5:8.

That he may sift you as wheat- just as Satan sought to undermine the faith of Job by bringing great trials upon him, so now, Satan wants to sift Peter and the other disciples as wheat. Even in this there is an admission of failure on the part of Satan. He knows that the disciples are wheat, not chaff. Chaff is without substance, and is used as a figure of the wicked, who are blown away in judgement, Psalm 1:4. The disciples are otherwise as to the matter of faith, but they are still in danger. When the corn is ripe it is cut down, and the sheaves are brought to the threshing-floor, a flat area where they are laid out for treading. Oxen will be driven round, pulling a large log, in which are embedded flints or pieces of metal, and this serves, together with the action of the animal’s hooves, to separate the grain from the chaff. When this has been done, the winnowing takes place. The threshing-floor would be on a hill-top where the evening breezes blow, and the husbandman would throw the grain and chaff mixture into the air with his winnowing fan, and the chaff, caught by the wind, would blow away, and the grain would fall to the ground on the threshing-floor. It would be gathered up, and taken to the garner, or barn. The problem was that pieces of stone might get mixed in with the corn when it was gathered up from the floor, and when the time to mill the grain came, this would spoil the millstones. So it was then sifted, so that the pieces of flint would remain on the sieve to be discarded, and the grain could be put straight into sacks to be taken to the barn for storage. Satan knows that Peter is not chaff, unlike Judas. But he also knows that he has a nature that makes him liable to fail. Satan is demanding the opportunity to expose the “pieces of stone” in the disciples’ character, and to highlight them rather than their faith. But I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not- the events of the next few hours will shatter Peter, the “stone”. But the prayer of the Lord Jesus beforehand, (for He would be in the tomb when Peter was at his lowest spiritually), so that his faith, although sorely tried, would be sustained. Peter is singled out as leader, for the resurrection accounts will show that not until Peter is convinced that Christ is risen will the other disciples believe. And when thou art converted, strengthen thy brethren- even though he would deny the Lord three times, his faith in Him would remain intact, albeit feeble. The resurrection of Christ would convert him from being shattered to being strong, and he will be in a good position to strengthen his fellow-believers, so that their faith may be strong too.

So we are assured that the present ministry of Christ is concerned about the strengthening of our faith in the midst of trials. How good it is to know that He prays for us before the trial, and without us asking Him to.

(ii) Intercession to promote unity

“These words spake Jesus, and lifted up His eyes to heaven and said, ‘Father, the hour is come; glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee…neither pray I for these alone, but for them also that shall believe on me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me'”, John 17:1, 20-23.

Father, the hour is come; glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee- note it is the Son speaking with His Father, reminding us of the gold of the incense altar. He will refer in verse 4 to the earth, reminding us of how the shittim wood speaks of His life down here. Neither pray I for these alone- up to this point He has concentrated on the apostles. But for them also which shall believe on Me through their word- the word is given to them, and they so make it their own, and are so empowered by it, that it becomes their word. “They that gladly received his (Peter’s) word, were baptized”, Acts 2:41.

That they all may be one- unity is vital if the world is going to believe. This unity is now defined for us. Because it is modelled on the oneness of the Persons of the Godhead, this unity is not organisational nor ecumenical. As Thou, Father, art in Me- the Father is perfectly expressed in the Son, for He could say, “he that hath seen Me hath seen the Father”, 14:9. To know the Son is to know the Father, 14:7. This shows the oneness of the Father and the Son. And I in Thee- He is in Him in the sense that there is no point at which they diverge, whether it be in nature, character, will, or action. That they also may be one in us- this does not mean, of course, that believers are one with Divine persons, but they are one with one another because of their relationship with Divine persons, who are themselves one in essence and aim. Eternal life is the life of God, and the believer has that eternal life in common with all other believers, and that forms a bond of unity. We are to abide in the Father and the Son, 1 John 2:24. That the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me- this is not guaranteed, but the potential is there. It is “may”, not “shall”. But on the other hand, the Lord does not exclude any as being beyond belief. When the people of the world see Divine life worked out in the lives of God’s people, then they will see the same thing in principle as when Christ was here. “And many believed on Him”. Someone has said, “The world does not believe because it does not believe we believe the things we say we believe”.

And the glory which thou gavest Me- He is conscious that His request for glory in verse 5 will be answered, and He prays now on the basis that it is. He sought the glory of recognition of His person, that He was equal with the Father even though a man upon the earth. I have given them- believers are to be associated with Divine persons, but only mediately through Him. Still it is His glory that they receive. That they may be one, even as we are one- the way this will happen is told us in the next verse. Divine persons have the same will as One Another; believers when conformed to the image of God’s Son will never deviate from the will of God.

I in them- when the Spirit indwells at Pentecost and after. See 14:20, 23. And Thou in Me- the Spirit indwells us, the Son is in us by that Spirit, and the Father is in the Son, working out His purpose through Him. So all three persons of Godhead are active in us, and this is the ground of unity. That they may be made perfect in one- if Divine Persons form the unity, then it must be perfect. And that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me- the disciples had said, “we believe that Thou camest forth from God”, 16:30. As they went forth and preached that, and its implications, then some would believe. And hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me- the Father’s love is towards them of the same sort as His love for His Son. This does not mean that it is to the same degree, for that would devalue the Father’s love for the Son. (The word meaning “precisely as” is not used here). As the world sees the believers living in the good of the love of their Father, they will realise that their faith is real. “By this shall all men know ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another”, John 13:35. Disciples are learners, so as those who are learning of Him, we are to live out what we learn.

So this is the character of the prayer of the Lord Jesus before He went to the cross, but it is prayed in view of His ascension, for He projects His mind to when He will be back with the Father. In verse 11 he says, “Now I am no longer in the world”; in verse 12, “while I was with them in the world”; verse 13, “Now come I to Thee”; in verse 24, “be with Me where I am”. So we may deduce that the sort of things He prayed for then, He is praying for still, so that the goal is reached of fully knowing the Father and the Son, a thing which possession of eternal life, and the Holy Spirit, enables us to do.

(iii) Intercession to provide confidence

“Who is he that condemneth? It is Christ that died, yea rather, that is risen again, who is even at the right hand of God, who also maketh intercession for us”. Romans 8:34.

Who is he that condemneth?- There is a fourfold protection for the believer from the attempts of the enemy to condemn. It is Christ that died- and by His death dealt with our sins once and for all. He has dealt judicially with what caused us to be condemned. Yea rather, that is risen again- and His rising is proof of the effectiveness of His death, as 4:25 has said, for He rose again because of the effectiveness of His death in the matter of justification. He brings His people into the sphere where there is no condemnation. Who is even at the right hand of God- the place of control and authority for the Firstborn Son, charged with the care and protection of His own. See Genesis 48:8-20. He has the position of supremacy over all the forces of evil.                                     Who also maketh intercession for us- He supports His people as those who are His chosen ones, and who are destined to be conformed to His own image. He will not let the enemy interfere with their security. Note the words “yea rather…who is even…who also…” all expressing a sense of wonder at the strength of the support Christ gives to those who are attacked by the enemy. He died and rose again on earth, where the sins were committed. He is at the right hand of God and intercedes in heaven, the very place where the Devil accuses the brethren day and night.

(iv) Intercession to preserve constancy

“But this man, because He continueth ever, hath an unchangeable priesthood. Wherefore He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by Him, seeing He ever liveth to make intercession for them. For such an high priest became us, who is holy, harmless, undefiled, separate from sinners, and made higher than the heavens;” Hebrews 7:24-26.

But this man- a solitary, unique man, in contrast to the many Levitical priests. We are going to be told reasons why God does not regret installing Christ as high priest by an oath. Because He continueth ever- for death no longer has dominion over Him, and His life is endless literally, as Melchisedec’s was typically. Compare also “abideth a priest continually”, verse 3.  He has an indissoluble life, as is shown by the fact that He laid down His life by His own power, John 10:18, 19:30, and compare Ecclesiastes 8:8, and has emerged from physical death into glorious resurrection, to die no more, Romans 6:9. Hath an unchangeable priesthood- He will never hand over to a successor, nor will His priesthood revert to being Levitical. He who knows us through and through will never be replaced with a novice. It is not that the order does not change, for that is already proved in verses 11-14, but that the priest does not change. Note the contrast between creation which shall be changed, and Christ who is the Same, 1:11,12.

Wherefore- because of the features detailed in verses 11-24. He is able to save them to the uttermost- He is not only surety for the blessings, verse 22, but Saviour for the blemishes. The word uttermost literally means outermost. Those in extreme circumstances are not too far gone for Him to save them from their trouble. Peter might have thought that by denying his Lord he had gone beyond the limit of recovery. Yet the Lord had assured him beforehand that He had prayed for him, Luke 22:31,32, and that he would be converted, or turned round, from his denial, and be enabled to strengthen his brethren so that they do not deny as he had. That come unto God by Him- as we approach to God, verse 19, we do so as those who have failed in some way. But Christ is fully able to “bear the iniquity of the holy things”, Exodus 28:38; i.e. the iniquity which otherwise would make holy things unholy. As Aaron had a golden plate with “Holiness to the Lord” inscribed on it, so Christ has the holiness of His Father in mind all the time, as John 17:11 shows. We approach God with assurance, not only because of the blood of Jesus, but also because we have a great priest over the house of God, 10:19-22. We also come unto God and His throne to obtain mercy and find grace to help in time of need, 4:16. Perhaps if Lot had come to Melchisedec, as Abraham did, things would have been different for him. Seeing He ever liveth to make intercession for them- He is always living with a view to interceding for His own. The Lord specified that there was to be perpetual incense before Him, so that there constantly arose a sweet perfume in His presence, Exodus 30:8. Aaron was chosen to assist Moses because he could speak well, Exodus 4:14. But he spoke wrongly at Sinai, Exodus 32:5; held his peace about Nadab and Abihu, and made excuses for his failure, Leviticus 10:3, 19; and in Numbers 12:2 spoke against Moses. The Christian’s High Priest has no such shortcomings.. He is the author of eternal salvation, 5:9, for the safety which we shall know in eternity, is ours now.

For such an high priest became us- as described in previous verses. Our high priest is becoming to us, eminently suited to our need. He has no fault or sin to hinder Him in His ministry for us. Who is holy- this is not the usual word for holy, which is hagios; this is hosios, which is a combination of mercy, kindness and holiness. (See its use in Acts 13:34, 35, where it is translated “sure mercies”, and “Holy One”). This sort of holiness has been defined as “Devotion to God which produces the exercise of true lovingkindness to man, and which acts against evil”- Grimme. In the Old Testament, the equivalent word, (chasid), is rendered as kindness, mercy, pity, favour, goodness, loving-kindness. It is often united with righteousness, faithfulness, truth, and compassion. This combination was seen in the life and ministry of Christ; it was not the priest and Levite of Aaron’s line who had compassion on the man fallen among thieves, Luke 10:33. He has taken His pure character to heaven, for it is “who is”, not “who was”. He is “Jesus Christ the Same, yesterday, and today, and for ever”, Hebrews 13:8, so what He was on earth, (yesterday), He is now, (today), and shall always be, (for ever). Aaron needed to be clothed with garments of glory and beauty to make him officially what he was not personally. The Lord Jesus needs no such special clothing, for He is glorious and beautiful morally. Harmless- guileless, without an evil thought. A marked contrast to the priests as they clamoured for Christ’s death. Or Nadab and Abihu, who approached God with strange fire. Or Eli, powerless to restrain his evil sons Hophni and Phinehas as they acted immorally, and allowed the ark to be taken by the enemy. See also Jacob’s prophecy concerning Levi, Genesis 49:5-7, where he said that “instruments of cruelty are in their habitations”. Christ’s thoughts towards us as He intercedes are only good. He will never be like Elijah, who interceded against the people of God, Romans 11:2. Undefiled- free from contamination. Not simply ceremonially clean, but actually. See Leviticus 22:1-3, where the priests were warned that defilement would mean banishment from the Lord’s presence. The Lord Jesus did not need to be washed, as Aaron did when he was consecrated, Exodus 29:4. Separate from sinners- the verb is passive, separated by another. Aaron was sanctified by a ceremony, but Christ is sanctified by His ascension to God’s right hand. Christ is morally and officially separate from Aaron’s sinful line. It is said of Aaron that he was “separated, that he should sanctify the most holy things, he and his sons for ever, to burn incense before the Lord, to minister unto Him, and to bless in His name for ever”, 1 Chronicles 23:13. He failed, however, and these ministries are carried out in a better and fuller way by Christ, who has been separated from the failed line of Aaron by being saluted by God as High Priest after the order of Melchisedec, 5:10. The name “Levi” means joined, but Christ is separated. And made higher than the heavens- He has passed through the heavens, and is seated at the right hand of God, the place of power and influence. He is minister of the heavenly sanctuary, 8:1,2. Aaron had to wait at the door of the tabernacle for seven days before he could begin to officiate. And then he could only enter into an earthly tabernacle, whereas Christ has entered into the “true tabernacle”, heaven itself, 8:2; 9:24. And it is there that He ministers to His own in constant intercession.

(v) Intercession to protect from accusation

“My little children, these things write I unto you, that ye sin not. And if any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous: And He is the propitiation for our sins: and not for our’s only, but also for the sins of the whole world”, 1 John 1:1,2.

These things write I unto you- the things of chapter one, on the theme of “life”, as found in, and manifested by, Christ, who is life personified, John 14:6. That ye sin not- this is the ideal standard that we are set, because our example is Christ in His sinless perfection. John has seen the glory of that perfection, for he had been with Christ “from the beginning”, and never did he see Christ sin. The law was given to frighten Israel into not sinning. As Exodus 20:20 says, “God is come down to prove you, and that His fear may be before your faces, that ye sin not”. With us it is different, for God has come down to us in His Son, that His grace might be known, and we see that grace in the face of Jesus Christ, as well as His glory, 2 Corinthians 4:6. Nonetheless, God still proves His people, but not to condemn and cause them fear, but that they might be encouraged to live like His Son. The more we know of Him, the more detestable sin will seem to us. And if any man sin- so John writes for two reasons, the first, in chapter one, that we sin not, and second, in this verse, (hence the “and”), if we do sin, that we might know what God’s provision for us is. Note it is not “when any man sin”, as if John is expecting it to happen, but “if any man sin”, as if, (as should be the case), it will be an exceptional event. We have an advocate with the Father- just as John included himself in the tests of chapter one, so he includes himself here in the possibility of sinning. There is only one who never sinned; all others, even apostles, have the capacity and will to do so, hence the need for Divine provision. That provision is two-fold, and the first is here, the advocacy of the Lord Jesus. An advocate is one who speaks up for another, having the ability and authority to do so. The word used is translated Comforter in the upper room ministry, where the idea is of one called alongside to help. Here the idea is of a legal advocate, for when believers sin Satan lives up to two of his names, (Satan meaning “adversary”, and Devil meaning “accuser”), and accuses them in the presence of God; see Job 1:6-11, 2:1-5; Revelation 12:10. Note that we have this advocate, we do not have to engage Him each time we sin; He is constantly involved in a ministry of intercession for His own, as Romans 8:34 and Hebrews 7:25 assure us. The fact that the advocate is with the Father indicates that the relationship of children with the Father is in view. If we had an advocate with God it would mean that we were looked on as sinners. But the reality is that our advocate speaks for us on the basis that we are children of God, despite the fact that we have sinned. Jesus Christ the righteous- the emphasis is not so much on the fact that He is the Son of the Father, although that is true, but rather that He, Jesus, the sinless man, and Christ, the approved man, is righteous in all His dealings. He does not try to disguise the fact that we have sinned, nor make excuse for sin. He does not need to do these things even if He were capable of them, (which He is not), for He has the perfect answer when the Devil accuses us before God. This perfect answer is found in the propitiation of which the apostle speaks in the next verse. The altar of incense was sprinkled with atoning blood on the Day of Atonement, Exodus 30:10, thus linking that which speaks of Christ’s intercession with that which speaks of His death. The two are connected, and the intercession is not only on the basis of the experiences of Christ in His life, but His work of propitiation in His death. The believer is constantly and righteously upheld and protected in the presence of God. The one whose love was tested to the limit at Calvary, is the one who, in love, preserves His people still.

TABERNACLE STUDIES: Introduction

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF THE TABERNACLE

In His goodness God has given to us the interpretation of the meaning of the tabernacle, and it is recorded for us in the Epistle to the Hebrews. Having spoken in chapter 8 of the New Covenant which replaces the Old Covenant of the Law, the writer goes on to show in Hebrews 9 that just as the first covenant had a sanctuary and service, so does the New Covenant. The tabernacle was a worldly sanctuary, verse 1, not in the carnal sense of worldly, but in the sense that it was:
1.  Constructed of materials from this world.
2. A structure fitted for travelling through this world.
3. An ordered and beautiful structure. Just as the cosmos or universe has order and structure, so this worldly (kosmikos) building is the same.

We should notice the words used of the tabernacle which give clues as to its meaning:
The example of heavenly things Hebrews 8:5 “The example…of heavenly things”. Hebrews 9:23 “The patterns of things in the heavens”. Example and pattern translate the same word. The priests served in an earthly sanctuary, but they did so in relation to the sanctuary in heaven. The earthly tabernacle was a sample of what was in heaven, but the heavenly things were the reality behind them, “the heavenly things themselves”, Hebrews 9:23.

The evidence of heavenly things Hebrews 8:5 “The shadow of heavenly things”. The heavenly things were the substance, something that can cast a shadow, whereas the tabernacle was the shadow. It provided evidence that there was a heavenly reality.

The expression of heavenly things Hebrews 8:5 “The pattern showed to thee in the mount”. The heavenly sanctuary was the pattern, (tupos), see 9:24 below. “Tupos” is a metal-worker’s word, coming from the word to strike, and means the original, archetypal pattern, which when impressed onto softer metal leaves its corresponding mark, the anti-type. Hebrews 9:24 “The holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true”. The word figure, (anti-tupos) is the reverse of the word used in Hebrews 8:5. The heavenly sanctuary is the type, whereas the tabernacle on earth is the anti-type.

The explanation of heavenly things Hebrews 9:8 “The Holy Spirit this signifying”. The tabernacle set-up was a sign that the Holy Spirit used in Old Testament times to point the way to spiritual truths. Hebrews 9:9 “Which was figure for the time then present”. Just as the Lord Jesus in His parables used objects to represent truths, and just as He performed miracles that were called signs, so it is with the figure, (parabole) and sign of the tabernacle. The Holy Spirit used the tabernacle and its arrangement to convey spiritual truth in Old Testament times.

It is interesting to note that the materials for the making of the tabernacle are called a heave offering in Exodus 25:2, for they represented a recognition of the God of heaven, the words heave and heaven being connected. The Lord Jesus said to Nicodemus, “If I have told you earthly things and ye believe not, how will ye believe if I tell you of heavenly things?” John 3:12. There were things beyond the earthly kingdom of Messiah that Nicodemus knew nothing about. Moreover, he was not yet in a condition to receive those heavenly truths. The woman of Samaria was different, however, for she had repented and believed, and the Lord was able to unfold somewhat of heavenly things to her, John 4:21-24. She learnt that true worship was in spirit and truth, and not confined to any earthly location. That it was as Father God’s people would worship Him, and they would do so in Spirit, and they would not need material things to help them. This was a dramatic change, for God had ordained both tabernacle and temple should be built, yet now Christ is saying that there is an hour coming when such things will be obsolete.

Solomon even hinted at this at the consecration of his temple, for he admitted, speaking of God, that “the heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot contain Thee, how much less this house that I have builded.” And Stephen alluded to those words in his defence before the Sanhedrin, who had accused him of speaking blasphemous words against the temple, Acts 6:13. He said, “the Most High dwelleth not in temples made with hands”, Acts 7:48. He supported his statement with a quotation from Isaiah 66:1, “Heaven is My throne, and earth is My footstool: what house will ye build Me? Saith the Lord”.

They were too enraged to listen, however, but there was a young man there who did take note, even Saul. Whilst he kicked against the pricks for a while, refusing to respond to the conviction of the Spirit, he relented at last, writing to the Philippians, “we are the circumcision which worship God in the Spirit, and rejoice in Christ Jesus, and have no confidence in the flesh”, Philippians 3:3. The words “worship God in the Spirit” are an echo of the words of the Lord Himself in John 4.

At the present time, then, earthly temples are unnecessary. Indeed, those who build them show they have not grasped the nature of the present age, which emphasises spiritual concepts, and not physical “aids to worship”. Unbelieving men may be impressed with sacred architecture, with its soaring heights, supposedly pointing men to God, but the Christian is not deceived. The beautiful singing, the gorgeous robes and vestments, the fragrant incense, the stained-glass windows, the altars and fonts, all appeal to the natural senses, and all tell eloquently that men are in the dark as to true Christianity, and to cover their ignorance they adopt a mixture of Judaism and paganism in a futile attempt to worship God.

The Lord Jesus said, “For all the prophets and the law prophesied until John”, Matthew 11:13. Now these were the two divisions of the Old Testament, and both are said to prophesy. So the books of Moses had relevance to the future, not just in those passages such as Genesis 49 and Deuteronomy 33, but “all…the law” had something of that aspect. This is why the Lord Jesus was able, in resurrection, to expound from “all the Scriptures the things concerning Himself”, and also to say that “These are the words which I spake unto you while I was yet with you, that all things must be fulfilled, which were written in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the psalms, concerning Me, Luke 24:27,44.

Now how do we know that “the things concerning Himself” extend to the tabernacle system? Three Scriptures help us to decide. First, in Hebrews 10:20 we are expressly told that the veil is Christ’s flesh. So the writer to the Hebrews is teaching us to see significance in a curtain hanging in the tabernacle of old; and moreover, to see it as a symbol of Christ’s flesh. We shall enquire later as to what that means, but it suffices for now to note the principle.
Second, we turn to John’s Gospel. A reading of that gospel will tell us that, as he writes, John is linking with the Old Testament by his references to Old Testament feasts and practices, and showing that Christ is the fulfilment of them. His whole gospel is structured around three celebrations of the Feast of Passover, and we find the Lord Jesus in Jerusalem, the centre of the religious life of Israel, more than in any other gospel. (In fact, despite the fact that Jerusalem is the city of the great king, and Matthew presents Christ as rightful king, he does not speak of Him as being in Jerusalem until He goes there to die). It is no surprise to find that early on his gospel, after his eighteen-verse prologue, John tells of John the Baptist, son of a priest and therefore a Levite, announcing the Lord Jesus as the Lamb of God, John 1:29. No surprise, either, to find Him purging the temple of the oxen and sheep and doves that had been brought for sacrifice. He is reinforcing what John the Baptist implied in his announcement, and presenting Himself as the true sacrifice. He is in fact saying, in the language of Psalm 40:6,7, “Burnt offering and sin offering thou hast not required. Then said I, Lo, I come: in the volume of the book it is written of Me, to do Thy will O God”. Words applied to the Lord Jesus in Hebrews 10:5-9.
Third, having seen that both a curtain in the tabernacle, and animal sacrifices offered outside at the altar, “prophesied” of Christ, we are prepared for John’s statement, “And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us”, John 1:14. Having been active behind the scenes in Old Testament times, He now manifests Himself. But notice the interesting word John uses for “dwelt”. It means, literally rendered, “pitched His tent”. But this is exactly what God did in Israel, for He said to Moses, “Let them make Me a sanctuary; that I may dwell among them”, Exodus 25:8. And the word for dwell used there is “shaken”, meaning “to tabernacle”. Not only does the Lord express His desire to dwell amongst Israel as He gives directions for the building of the tabernacle, but He repeats this in connection with the continual burnt offering to be offered on the altar, Exodus 29:42-46. It is in the atmosphere of the sweet savour of the burnt offering that God is pleased to dwell amongst His people.

How significant, then, that it should be John’s gospel that should present the Lord Jesus as the fulfillment of the tabernacle system, for his gospel is “the gospel of the burnt offering”, being full of reminders of what the Burnt Offering meant to God. The burnt offering was the “ascending offering”, and not only is the ascension of the Lord Jesus mentioned three times in John’s gospel, (3:13; 6:62; 20:17), but the whole emphasis in the gospel is of One who is in communion with heaven, and desires to be back there. In fact, John does not record the actual ascension of Christ, as if, for Him, it was a foregone conclusion. What he does do is record the Lord’s word to Peter about His coming again, the implication being that He would ascend to His Father. It was in the character as the true burnt offering that the Lord Jesus dwelt amongst men, and the sweet savour of His person gave His Father the utmost satisfaction.

Before we go any further, we need to notice the exact words that are used of the heavenly sanctuary in the Epistle to the Hebrews. We read in Hebrews 8:2 that it is “the true tabernacle, which the Lord pitched, and not man”. Also, in 9:11, that it is “a greater and more perfect tabernacle, not made with hands, that is to say, not of this building”. Let us consider these statements. First, the true tabernacle. Now the word for “true” used here is that one which means “in every respect corresponding to the name”. It is not a question of true as opposed to false, but true and substantial as opposed to that which does not fully measure up to the thing described as true. The bread that fed the Israelites in the wilderness was real bread in that it sustained their bodies, but the true bread is the fulness of that reality the manna only hinted at, John 6:32. The Lord gave a long discourse explaining that meaning, and thus showed that the manna was real, but it was also a symbol of the higher reality that is only found in the Son of God.

Second, we will consider the words “not made with hands, that is to say, not of this building”. Notice that we are expected to draw conclusions from the fact that it is not made with hands, for “not made with hands” is as much as to say, “not of this building”; the one is implied in the other. The word for building has the sense of “what is made or created”. It is used in Hebrews 3:4, where we read, “He who built all things is God”. Now creation is made up of three components, time, space and matter. We see this in the very first verse of the Bible. “In the beginning”, (time-word, telling us that this is when time began), God created the heaven and the earth, (matter plus space between the two). So when we are told that the true tabernacle in heaven is not of this creation, we learn that it is not limited by time, and therefore is eternal; is not limited by space, and therefore is infinite; is not limited by the physical constraints of the material, and therefore is spiritual in character. We learn also about this tabernacle that the Lord pitched it, and not man.

Why are we assured it is not pitched by man. Is this not obvious if it is in heaven? The point is that the tabernacle on earth was pitched by man, and this tabernacle is in direct contrast. Because the tabernacle in the wilderness was made by man, it was tainted, and had to be sprinkled with blood before it could be operative, Hebrews 9:21. So we can be confident that this heavenly tabernacle, not having anything of man about it, is totally pure at the outset.

What of the word “pitched”? It is a word which emphasises the pegging down of a tent. This sanctuary is fixed, then, as opposed to the tabernacle in the wilderness which was moved many times until the land was reached. Whatever this tabernacle is shall never be developed into something else; it is permanent. Does the past tense in the verb “pitched” imply that it happened at some point in past time? That cannot be, for we have seen that the true tabernacle is not part of this creation governed by time. It is eternally pitched, then. There is no point when it was not there. We are told about Christ as the Lamb that He was “foreordained before the foundation of the world”, 1 Peter 1:20. Does this mean that at some point in eternity He was ordained the lamb, whereas before He was not? Surely not, for this foreordination is part of God’s eternal purpose, and therefore has ever been.

But we still have not decided what this sanctuary actually is. To help us find out, we can summarize what we have learnt about it:
1. It is built by God.
2. It is in heaven.
3. It is the true tabernacle; not in the sense that the tabernacle on earth was false, but it did not come up to the fulness of the original, and therefore was lacking in some respects.
4. It is not of this creation, and therefore is not limited by time, space, or physical constraints.
5. It is pitched, in the sense that it is immoveable and permanent.
6. It can be described as “heaven itself”, as opposed to heaven in sign-form, as the tabernacle on earth was.
Consider these Scriptures: First, 1 Timothy 6:16, which describes Christ as “dwelling in the light which no man can approach unto”. In other words, in the light of God’s presence. This is the environment in which He dwells. Now no created light could be meant here, so it must mean the light of His own glory. And with this 1 John 1:5 agrees, which says that God is “in the light”. Second, in Colossians 3:3 the apostle reminds the Colossian believers that they have died, and yet “their life is hid with Christ in God”. So to have one’s life hid with Christ, means to have a life which is hid in God, for Christ is, in some way, in God. To be with God is to be in God. Paul is virtually saying that heaven and God are indistinguishable. That His person excludes any other consideration. Such is the glory and immensity of God, there is not room for anything else there, so it may be summed up as “God”.
Third, in Ephesians 2:1,2 we learn that as sinners we walked in trespasses and sins; our conversation was in the lusts of the flesh. Yet now, as believers, we are “seated in heavenly places in Christ”, verse 6. Now to be in sins, or to behave as those in the lusts of the flesh, or to be in Christ, are not physical locations, they are moral positions. So also is being in heavenly places. It is to be placed in an environment which is entirely heavenly in character, and has nothing of earth or sin about it whatsoever.
Fourth, perhaps the most telling statements are those of Hebrews 10:20, where we are bidden to enter into this heavenly sphere, and we are said to do so “through the veil”. Does this mean that as we enter the presence of God we have to draw aside a curtain in order to get in? Surely not, for the veil is explained as being “His flesh”. Now of course we are not to take this literally, but metaphorically. The flesh of the Lord Jesus refers not to His body, as such, but His life in the body. The writer carefully distinguishes the two in the passage, referring to Christ’s body in verse 10, but His flesh in verse 20. It is through what He was, said, and did in His body when here in the flesh that we may enter the presence of God. And the major thing He did was to yield Himself up to death, at which point His life in the flesh came to an end, and spirit, soul and body were separated.

Significantly, at that precise moment the veil in the earthly temple was rent, telling us that the focus was now on the heavenly sanctuary. So it is that, when we come through the veil, it is not a physical passage through a curtain, but a spiritual journey into God’s presence in view of what Christ was to Him on earth. It is this that gives us entrance. To this He alluded when He said to His own in the upper room, “I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father but by Me”, John 14:6. These words may be applied in the gospel, but they really refer to the believer coming to the Father. The Lord is coming for His own to escort them to the Father’s house, but in the meantime they may have access to the Father through Him. What He has shown Himself to be as He manifested the Father down here, is the means of access to God. We “come to the Father” as we advance in the knowledge of Himself, which knowledge is found in Christ, for as He goes on to say, “If ye had known Me, ye should have known My Father also”.

This is why He also says, “I am the truth”, for having pointed out Himself as the means of accessing the Father, He then presents Himself as the personification of truth, for all that we need to know about the Father is found in Him. Further still, He is the Life, the one who energizes this progress to the Father, (and since eternal life is to know God and Jesus Christ), the one who makes the knowledge of God a reality.

Hopefully we are now in a position to notice the significance of John’s words when he wrote, “And the word was made flesh and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father), full of grace and truth”, John 1:14. The word for dwell means to tabernacle, or encamp. This is what God did in the wilderness, for He said, “let them make Me a sanctuary, that I may dwell among them”, Exodus 25:8. The tabernacling of Christ marks a new beginning, for Herod’s temple was still standing, and the Lord even called it His Father’s house, John 2:16. Something new is beginning, and it is not earthly at all, but heavenly. But we might think that the Word tabernacling simply meant that He was here on earth in a body. For did not Peter refer to his death as putting off his tabernacle, 2 Peter 1:14? And does not Paul refer to our body as the earthly house of this tabernacle, 2 Corinthians 5:1? Whilst it is true that Christ was on earth in a real body, this is not all that is being said here. For John tells us it is the Word that was made flesh.

Even though the Word is the Son of God, (as this very verse tells us), the emphasis is not on a person becoming flesh, but on the Word doing so. Now both an individual word, and a plurality of words in a statement, are the expression of a mind. We know what a person is thinking if he expresses it in words. And the whole statement, whether long or short, is a word. We see this illustrated in John 5:24 where the Lord Jesus speaks of those who hear His word. He is not referring there to a single word, but to the whole theme or topic of His Deity upon which He had been discoursing. So when John writes about the word being made flesh he is saying to us that the mind of God is being expressed in a person who has come into flesh and blood conditions. Since John has already told us the Word was God, then the expression such an one gives to what is in the mind of God must be perfect.

Several things happened on the Day of Atonement, and one of them was that atonement was made for the tabernacle of the congregation, “that remaineth among them in the midst of their uncleanness”, Leviticus 16:16. The word “remaineth” being the same word as rendered “dwell” in Exodus 25:8. So the tabernacle dwelt in the midst of Israel’s encampment. We easily see the counterpart that John is introducing us to, even the Word tabernacling among Israel. Now as we shall see there was a difference between the tabernacle proper, and the tabernacle or tent of the congregation, these referring to different curtains, and the second word is use in the passage in Leviticus just referred to. Nonetheless the principle remains, that the Word was found in the midst of Israel, in the same way as the tabernacle of old was found in the centre of the camp. So there are three tabernacles in Scripture, in this context. There is the tabernacle in the wilderness, there is the Word tabernacling amongst Israel, and there is the true tabernacle in heaven. We have seen that the latter is a spiritual concept, not being of this created order of things in any way. The tabernacle of Old Testament times was an anti-type of that heavenly sanctuary. But how shall we interpret it, so that we may know more about God through it? The answer is plain; it is through the second tabernacle, the Word made flesh. By learning of Him, as symbolically illustrated in the Old Testament building, and also noting what He said in His ministry as He unfolded the mind of God, we discern the glory of God. For John goes on to speak of glory.

In the tabernacle of old, the glory of God was separate from the building. Now, the glory of God is seen in a person, and that person the Son of God. John writes, “and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the Only begotten of the Father, John 1:14. Because to be the Son of God means to be equal with God, John 10:30,33,37, then the Son is fully able to unfold the mind of God. He is in eternal relationship with God the Father as His Son, sharing His nature in every particular, and is therefore uniquely qualified. So when John and his fellow-apostles saw the glory of the Son, they saw the glory of God.

We should remember that the tabernacle in the wilderness, whilst meaningful and real, did not present the fulness of that which is found in the True Tabernacle in heaven. This is not the case with Christ, however, as we see from the following:
(a) In the wilderness, God and the tabernacle were separate, and He dwelt in it. The Word, (who is God, John 1:1) dwells amongst men as the realisation of tabernacle symbolism, and is Himself the tabernacle.
(b) The glory of God was separate from the tabernacle, but the glory of Christ is manifest in His Person, and His glory is the glory of God, 2 Corinthians 4:6.
(c) Moses was not able to see the glory, but John could say, “we beheld His glory”. Having seen that the tabernacle on earth was a copy of things pertaining in heaven, we are in a position to consider the way different parts of the whole tabernacle system relate to this. Consider the following general suggestions as to their significance: “The Word was made flesh and dwelt among us” and “the veil , which is to say His flesh”, encourage us to see in the tabernacle and the veil symbols of the Word as He told out the mind of God.

Taking the foregoing into account, we may summarise the significance of the tabernacle as follows:

The tabernacle, tent, covering for the tent, and the covering overall: Features of the character of Christ as seen in varying measure according to the degree of a person’s interest in Him.
The boards for the tabernacle: the support the God-hood and manhood of Christ gave to the display of His character. His steadfastness in the face of the opposition in the world.
The court of the tabernacle: the righteous life of Christ, showing the standard of righteousness God requires of those who approach Him, but which is unattainable by the natural man.
The gate of the court: righteousness maintained, but the blue, purple and scarlet are added, representing those things which fit Christ to be the mediator, the way to God.
The altar of burnt offering and the laver: two aspects of the work of Christ at Calvary, His sacrificial work and His sanctifying work, Ephesians 5:1,2; Titus 2:14.
The unseen vessels in the Holy Place and Holy of Holies: the different ministries of Christ which He currently exercises in the presence of God, but of which He gave glimpses when He was here on earth. These ministries may be summed up in the words of Hebrews 9:24, “For Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true, but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us”.
The transportation of the vessels through the wilderness: the ways in which Christ moved amongst men so that they could have opportunities to uncover His glory, and also give opportunity for His people to serve Him by shouldering responsibility.

ROMANS 10

 

We hope you find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the contact form at the end of each article. We would be pleased to hear from you.

 

STRUCTURE OF THE CHAPTER:

(a) Verses 1 -4 Israel going about.
(b) Verses 5-13 Christ coming down and rising from the dead.
(c) Verses 14-21 Preachers going forth.

SUMMARY OF THE  CHAPTER:

This chapter follows on from chapter 9, and shows God’s provision for Israel in Christ. Their national unbelief is not because of a lack of interest by God in their spiritual welfare, but rather because of their rejection of their Messiah.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 10, VERSES 1 TO 4:

10:1  Brethren, my heart’s desire and prayer to God for Israel is, that they might be saved.

10:2  For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God, but not according to knowledge.

10:3  For they being ignorant of God’s righteousness, and going about to establish their own righteousness, have not submitted themselves unto the righteousness of God.

10:4  For Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to every one that believeth.

(a)   Verses 1-4   Israel going about

10:1  Brethren, my heart’s desire and prayer to God for Israel is, that they might be saved.

Brethren, my heart’s desire and prayer to God for Israel is, that they might be saved- before, the apostle was prepared to be accursed for their sakes, if that were possible.  Now he indicates his interest in their welfare by praying for them.  In this he is in harmony with his Saviour, who sought their forgiveness when on the cross, Luke 23:34, and also continues to intercede for the nation, transgressors though they are, Isaiah 53:12.

10:2  For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God, but not according to knowledge.

For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God, but not according to knowledge- as was true of the apostle before he was saved.  His zeal knew no bounds on the Damascus Road, but it was in ignorance, 1 Timothy 1:13, for he was rejecting the One who came to the circumcision for the sake of the truth of God, Romans 15:8.

10:3  For they being ignorant of God’s righteousness, and going about to establish their own righteousness, have not submitted themselves unto the righteousness of God.

For they being ignorant of God’s righteousness- having rejected knowledge, they were necessarily ignorant.  They knew that God was righteous, for He had declared it to them, but they had no personal knowledge of what it was to be right in His sight through faith.
And going about to establish their own righteousness-
because the heart of man is full of pride, it prefers to work rather than rest in the work of another.
Have not submitted themselves unto the righteousness of God-
becoming righteous before God through the gospel necessitates submission to His word and will, and involves the surrender of our own will.

10:4  For Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to every one that believeth.

For Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to everyone that believeth- Christ has, by His death, brought the law to an end as a possible means of gaining a right standing before God.  Paul wrote, “I do not frustrate the grace of God: for if righteousness come by the law, then Christ is dead in vain”, Galatians 2:21. Since His death was not in vain, then it follows that all other means of being right with God, including attempting to keep His law, are of no avail, and are rendered obsolete.  Since there is no definite article before law, then we may read Christ is the end of “law for righteousness”; salvation is on the basis of “faith for righteousness”.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 10, VERSES 5 TO 13:

10:5  For Moses describeth the righteousness which is of the law, That the man which doeth those things shall live by them.

10:6  But the righteousness which is of faith speaketh on this wise, Say not in thine heart, Who shall ascend into heaven? (that is, to bring Christ down from above:)

10:7  Or, Who shall descend into the deep? (that is, to bring up Christ again from the dead.)

10:8  But what saith it? The word is nigh thee, even in thy mouth, and in thy heart: that is, the word of faith, which we preach;

10:9  That if thou shalt confess with thy mouth the Lord Jesus, and shalt believe in thine heart that God hath raised Him from the dead, thou shalt be saved.

10:10  For with the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation.

10:11  For the scripture saith, Whosoever believeth on Him shall not be ashamed.

10:12  For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon Him.

10:13  For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved.

(b)    Verses 5-13    Christ coming down from heaven and rising from the dead.

10:5  For Moses describeth the righteousness which is of the law, That the man which doeth those things shall live by them.

For Moses describeth the righteousness which is of the law- how powerful is Paul’s way of reasoning here, for he quotes Moses the lawgiver himself!  “Of the law” means “on the principle of law”.  Of course there is only one righteousness, but Israel sought it by the works of the law, on that principle.
That “the man that doeth those things shall live by them”-
or as the Lord Jesus said to the lawyer after he had quoted a summary of the law, “Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt live”, Luke 10:28.  The subsequent story of the Good Samaritan shows three things. 1. That those most zealous for the law, (the priest and the Levite), are unwilling to act unselfishly, and thus love their neighbour as themselves. 2. That man is incapable of working for God, because he has been rendered helpless by sin. 3. The one who loved his neighbour as himself was a Samaritan, who was not under the jurisdiction of the law, which came to Israel exclusively.

10:6  But the righteousness which is of faith speaketh on this wise, Say not in thine heart, Who shall ascend into heaven? (that is, to bring Christ down from above:)

But the righteousness which is of faith speaketh on this wise- Paul now uses the Old Testament in a way which may seem strange to us, but which would be familiar to those who were used to listening to the rabbis.  They, however, were unrestrained in the way they manipulated the scriptures, whereas the apostle applies the passage he is about to quote in a very disciplined way.  He needs a scripture that does the following things:

1. Quotes Moses.

2. Warns against ignoring the revealed will of God.

3. States there is no need for effort on their part.

4. Assures that there is blessing even for those who have rebelled against God, if they repent.

5. Emphasises the need for confession and faith.

The apostle finds the scripture he needs in Deuteronomy 30:11-14, which reads, “For this commandment which I command thee this day, it is not hidden from thee, neither is it far off.  It is not in heaven, that thou shouldest say, ‘Who will go up for us to heaven, and bring it unto us, that we may hear it, and do it’?  Neither is it beyond the sea, that thou shouldest say, ‘Who shall go over the sea for us, and bring it unto us, that we may hear it, and do it’? But the word is very nigh unto thee, in thy mouth, and in thy heart, that thou mayest do it”. He quotes three excerpts from the passage, and then says “that is”, and then gives his application of the principle involved.
Say not in thine heart, who shall ascend into heaven- in his original statement, Moses simply cites an example of a supreme effort.
(That is, to bring Christ down from above)- here is the apostle’s application of the principle involved in the statement by Moses, with particular relevance to the nation of his day whom he longs to see saved.  Their Messiah has already come down from heaven, so they have no need to journey to heaven to bring Him down.

10:7  Or, Who shall descend into the deep? (that is, to bring up Christ again from the dead.)

Or, who shall descend into the deep? (That is, to bring up Christ again from the dead)-  Moses’ words were ‘Who shall go over the sea for us’.  The reference would be to the Mediterranean Sea, the Great Sea, beyond which lay the great unknown.  The idea is of extreme distance travelled with great effort.  Paul, however, uses the word for sea which emphasises its depth, and thus introduces a further direction to the upwards and outwards already mentioned.  Christ has not to be summoned up from the dead, for He is already risen.

10:8  But what saith it? The word is nigh thee, even in thy mouth, and in thy heart: that is, the word of faith, which we preach;

But what saith it?- having stated in verses 6 and 7 what men should not say, here is what faith personified says.
“The word is nigh thee, even in thy mouth, and in thy heart” that is the word of faith, which we preach- works personified would say “Strive to attain”, faith personified says through the preaching of the gospel, “Confess and believe what God has brought near to you”.  In that way the word would be both on the lip and in the heart.

10:9  That if thou shalt confess with thy mouth the Lord Jesus, and shalt believe in thine heart that God hath raised Him from the dead, thou shalt be saved.

That if thou shalt confess with thy mouth the Lord Jesus-  here Paul gives a summary of the minimum that needs to be believed for a person to be saved.  Christ coming down from heaven implies His Lordship and His Deity, which must be accepted if a person is to be saved.  “For whatsoever is born of God overcometh the world: and this is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith. Who is he that overcometh the world, but he that believeth that Jesus is the Son of God?” 1 John 5:4,5.  To confess means to say the same thing as God does about His Son, the One sent from heaven.  In this way the word is in the mouth of the sinner when he believes.
And shalt believe in thine heart that God hath raised Him from the dead, thou shalt be saved- just as Christ’s coming from heaven implied His Deity and Lordship, so His rising from the dead implies the acceptableness of His work upon the cross for sins.  Thus the person and work of Christ are believed in the heart or innermost being of a man, and there is full agreement with the truth that God brings nigh to us about His Son as the gospel is preached.

10:10  For with the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation.

For with the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation-  note that in this context salvation is equivalent to being reckoned righteous by God. There are two aspects at least to this confession.  In the first instance it involves saying the same thing to God about His Son as He says to us with regard to His Deity.  In this way the word is in the mouth as we speak to God.  But there is also the need to confess Him before men subsequently, see 1 Timothy 6:11-16; Matthew 10:32.  Full salvation does not depend on this second aspect of confession, however, or else salvation would be through something we had done, rather than by pure grace. In verse 9 the order was “mouth…heart”, following the order in the quotation from Deuteronomy; here however it is “heart…mouth”. This guards against the idea that we do not need to confess Jesus Christ as risen, only believe it, nor have to believe He is the Jesus the Lord, only confess it.  Both must be believed, and both confessed.  Needless to say, this has nothing to do with confessing to a human priest, which has no basis in Scripture.

10:11  For the scripture saith, Whosoever believeth on Him shall not be ashamed.

For the scripture saith, ‘whosoever believeth on Him shall not be ashamed’- a verse already quoted in 9:33 to emphasise the availability of Christ to be believed on.  In Isaiah’s original statement, the wording was ‘shall not make haste’, we shall not need to hastily abandon reliance on Christ, whatever situation arises.

10:12  For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon Him.

For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek- the whosoever” of his quotation in verse 11 has led the apostle to think of the universal application of this principle, despite the fact that he is dealing in the main with the question of Israel.  See 1:16,17, and 3:22,23.
For the same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon Him- He is Lord over Jews and Gentiles alike, and is rich to both alike also.  The Jew must own his spiritual bankruptcy as much as the Greek, but when either believes, he is brought into the riches of God’s grace.

10:13  For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved.

For ‘Whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved’- whosoever means ‘every one that’, so any and every individual that calls shall be saved.  To call upon the name means to call to God for salvation on the ground of who the Lord Jesus is, and is the same as confessing with the mouth the Lord Jesus.  In the Old Testament the word for Lord is Jehovah, so this is a testimony to the Deity of the Lord Jesus.  The apostle will develop further the idea of calling in the next section.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 10, VERSES 14 TO 21:

10:14  How then shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? and how shall they believe in Him of whom they have not heard? and how shall they hear without a preacher?

10:15  And how shall they preach, except they be sent? as it is written, How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things!

10:16  But they have not all obeyed the gospel. For Esaias saith, Lord, who hath believed our report?

10:17  So then faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the word of God.

10:18  But I say, Have they not heard? Yes verily, their sound went into all the earth, and their words unto the ends of the world.

10:19  But I say, Did not Israel know? First Moses saith, I will provoke you to jealousy by them that are no people, and by a foolish nation I will anger you.

10:20  But Esaias is very bold, and saith, I was found of them that sought Me not; I was made manifest unto them that asked not after Me.

10:21  But to Israel He saith, All day long I have stretched forth My hands unto a disobedient and gainsaying people.

(c)   Verses 14-21    Preachers going forth

10:14  How then shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? and how shall they believe in Him of whom they have not heard? and how shall they hear without a preacher?

How then shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? and how shall they believe on Him of whom they have not heard? And how shall they hear without a preacher?- the apostle now addresses the question as to how “the word of faith, which we preach”, verse 8, reaches those who need it.  He has emphasised that Christ has come down from heaven, and has risen from the dead, and in that sense the word of faith has been brought near by Him personally.  But there is also the fact that Christ has returned to heaven, and is not available as before.  How are men to come into contact with Him now?  The answer lies in the work of the preacher.  His task is to present the truths of the gospel.  These include the fact that the Lord Jesus is the Son of God, and as such is equal with God; that He came into true, real and sinless manhood; that His death was for our sins; that He was raised from the dead bodily; that He is now at the right hand of God; that the benefit of these things is only known by those who own up to being sinners, and call upon God to show them mercy on the basis of the death of His Son. Having mentioned calling on the name of the Lord in the previous verse, the apostle points out that this can only be done meaningfully if there is belief.  But the belief can only happen if they have heard the gospel, and the hearing of that gospel is dependant on the preacher. So the preacher presents the gospel, the sinner believes it, and calls on the Lord for salvation, claiming His promise that all who call on the name of the Lord in this way shall certainly be saved.

There is a very great need in the days in which we live for those who are prepared to give themselves to the study of the scriptures, so they may be able to present to men a well-informed and accurate statement of gospel truth- what the apostle called “the word of the truth of the gospel”, Colossians 1:5.

10:15  And how shall they preach, except they be sent? as it is written, How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things!

And how shall they preach, except they be sent?- those who go forth with the gospel must have the conviction in their hearts that the Lord is sending them.  He does not send those who are not equipped for the task, who are not leading spiritual lives, and who are not tested, see 1 Timothy 3:8-13.  Nor does He send those who are not willing to go, as Isaiah 6:8 makes clear.
As it is written, ‘How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things!’-  of course the beautiful feet are metaphorical, meaning they run to bring a beautiful message.  The expression ‘gospel of peace’ emphasizes God’s side of the gospel in that Christ has made the basis by His death for man to be at peace with God.  ‘Glad tidings of good things’ emphasizes the abundance of blessing which there is for those who believe.

10:16  But they have not all obeyed the gospel. For Esaias saith, Lord, who hath believed our report?

But they have not all obeyed the gospel- because the Lord Jesus is the Lord from heaven, He should be obeyed.  God expects the obedience of faith when the word is preached, 1:5, 16:26.  Preachers should not be downcast if those to whom they preach do not believe.  Ezekiel was sent to preach ‘whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear’, (refuse to hear), Ezekiel 2:6,7; 3:10,11; 3:18,19; Acts 20:26,27.
For Esaias saith, ‘Lord, who hath believed our report?’- Paul wants us to be clear that Isaiah was addressing the Lord when he used these words. This emphasizes that the preaching of the gospel is the joint work of the One who sends and the one who is sent. As the Lord Jesus said, when He sent forth His apostles, “Go ye, therefore, and teach all nations…and lo, I am with you”, Matthew 28:19,20.  As a result, we read,  “And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them”; Mark 16:20.  And Paul could write to the Ephesians that “Christ Jesus…came and preached peace”, Ephesians 2:13,17.  Not only does the Lord pledge His presence at the side of those who preach His word, but He is the originator of the message, as the next verse shows, which is based on Isaiah’s word “report”, something to be heard in the heart.

10:17  So then faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the word of God.

So then-  summing up the reasoning of verses 14-16.
Faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the word of God- the word for hearing has the idea of a report, so it might be thought of as “Faith cometh by a report, and the report by the word of God”.  Both ends of the chain from God to man are here.  On man’s side, there should be faith, which may be defined as “a firm persuasion about the truth of God, and a reliance wholeheartedly upon that truth”. This is put into practice when we rely entirely upon the Lord Jesus and His work on the cross as He dealt with the question of sins.  On God’s side there is a report. But the report that preachers bring from God is something they have gained from God in the first place, as they listen to His voice before they go forth.  The word of God is His spoken word or saying to the preacher, giving him the right message for those the Lord knows he will be addressing.  See Jeremiah 1:7-9.

10:18  But I say, Have they not heard? Yes verily, their sound went into all the earth, and their words unto the ends of the world.

But I say, have they not heard?- perhaps some would argue that the reason why people have not believed the report is not that they are unbelieving, verse 16, but that they have not heard it.  After all, verse 14 says “how shall they hear without a preacher?”
Yes verily- that argument is now refuted; it is not true that they have not heard.  it is verily or certainly true that they have. At this point the apostle again quotes the Old Testament and deepens the meaning of the words, as he did in verses 5-8.  This shows his equal authority with David as a Spirit-inspired writer.  The psalmist in Psalm 19 is thinking of the way the glory of God is made known through creation.  Paul uses his words to illustrate the fact that the gospel of the glory of God is widespread too.
Their sound went into all the earth, and their words unto the ends of the world-
there were present at Jerusalem on the Day of Pentecost devout Jews out of every nation under heaven, Acts 2:5, and Luke details those nations in verses 9-11.  Those that were saved that day would return to their homes and spread the gospel there.  See also Colossians 1:6, “come unto you, as it is in all the world”; Colossians 1:23, “preached to every creature which is under heaven”.  All this was in obedience to the command of the Lord Jesus, Matthew 28:19, Mark 16:15,20.

10:19  But I say, Did not Israel know? First Moses saith, I will provoke you to jealousy by them that are no people, and by a foolish nation I will anger you.

But I say, Did not Israel know?  perhaps the Jews did not realise that the gospel was relevant to them, seeing they had the Law of the Old Testament.
First Moses saith, “I will provoke you to jealousy by them that are no people, and by a foolish nation I will anger you”- note the mention again of “no people”, a term for the Gentiles, but which God applied in judgement to Israel, as we have seen, 9:25,26.  It is clear that the Jews were aware of the gospel, and some were angered, e.g. Acts 17:5-8; 18:4-6.  Some however were provoked to jealousy, and wanted to have the blessing that Gentiles were receiving, e.g. Acts 13:43; 18:8. The original significance of “by a foolish nation I will anger you” would be that when the Assyrians came to carry them into captivity, the Jews would be angry at being delivered into the hands of those who were foolish, because they were  ignorant of the true God.

10:20  But Esaias is very bold, and saith, I was found of them that sought Me not; I was made manifest unto them that asked not after Me.

But Esaias is very bold-  makes a very daring statement.
And saith, “I was found of them that sought Me not; I was made manifest unto them that asked not after Me”- this is a daring statement because the usual principle is that men must seek the Lord to find Him, as Paul himself said, “that they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after Him and find Him, although He be not far from any one of us”, Acts 17:27; here it is the Lord Himself who takes the initiative through His sent preachers.  To ‘ask not after Me’ means they did not consult God in prayer.  Those who were characteristically uninterested in God have been sought out by Him, whereas Israel, who were by profession seekers and consulters, have largely ignored the gospel.

10:21  But to Israel He saith, All day long I have stretched forth My hands unto a disobedient and gainsaying people.

But unto Israel He saith, “All day long have I stretched out My hands unto a disobedient and gainsaying people”- despite their unbelief of the gospel, and their arguing against it, God assures them that He still stretches out His hands to them, ready to embrace them in love, as the father did to the prodigal.  This is the ultimate reason why Paul desires the salvation of Israel, verse 1, because it is God’s desire too.  It is well for us to have the same  attitude to things as our God.

COLOSSIANS 3

We hope you find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the following e-mail address:
martin_margaret3@yahoo.co.uk.  We would be pleased to hear from you.

COLOSSIANS 3

Setting of the passage
Chapter 3 comes in that section of the epistle where the apostle is dealing with the way in which the Christian expresses the life he has in Christ.  So we have the following categories:

2:20-3:17 The expression of life in Christ personally
3:18-4:1 The expression of life in Christ socially
4:2-6 The expression of life in Christ generally

Structure of the passage

3:1(a) A new position Risen with Christ
3:1(b), 2 A new preoccupation Christ in heaven.
3:3 A new principle Ye died.
3:4 A new prospect Coming with Christ in glory.
3:5-9 A new practice (a) mortify your members.
    (b) put off the old man.
3:10-17 A new practice (c) put on the new man.

A new position
Risen with Christ

3:1
If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God.

If ye then be risen with Christ- the word “if” does not suggest that it is doubtful if believers are risen with Christ; rather, the idea is “if, as is the case, that you are risen with Christ, then certain things should follow”. This is a sequel to the “if ye be dead with Christ” of 2:20. The apostle has warned in chapter two of evil teaching which would make them earthbound, speaking of “the rudiments of the world”, in verse 8, and again in verse 20. The false teachers could not speak of anything other than this world, not having any contact with heaven. Because believers, by their baptism by immersion are associated closely with the one who was buried and rose again, they are, as far as God is concerned, risen with Him, as 2:12 has already said. See also Romans 6:4-11. And just as Romans 6 speaks of walking in newness of life, and living with Him, (in His current resurrection position), so we should live lives that are not governed by natural principles, but by the principle of association and identification with Christ.

There is a development in the doctrine of the New Testament with regard to the believer’s association with Christ, as follows:

In Galatians the emphasis is on the crucifixion of Christ, and the way in which the man who tried to keep the law is set aside by being “crucified with Christ”, 2:20, so that the law has lost its hold on him.

In Romans we are linked with Christ as the crucified, buried and risen man; but that epistle fits us to live a righteous life on the earth, so we are, so to speak, left standing beside an empty tomb.

In Colossians we are standing on the earth seeking the things of heaven, because Christ is there.

In Ephesians we reach the highest point, for we are not only quickened together with Christ, and raised together, but also seated together in Him in the heavenly places.

3:1(b),2
A new preoccupation- Christ in heaven.

Seek those things which are above- when the ark of the covenant had been taken over the Jordan into the Promised Land, then the word to Israel was, “Go after it”, Joshua 3:3. So we, who have “crossed the Jordan” at our baptism, as we associate with Christ in His burial and resurrection, should go in for the things of our Promised Heavenly Land. The apostle Peter wanted to go to the cross with Christ, but was told he could not follow then, John 13:36. But he was informed that he would follow afterwards. So the nation of Israel had to keep a Sabbath’s day journey between themselves and the ark, and only after it had crossed the Jordan could they follow.

So there is a “Sabbath’s day’s journey” between the crucifixion and the resurrection, for Christ was in the grave during the Sabbath day. Only after He was risen could Peter and the rest of believers follow. The uniqueness of His work at Calvary must be preserved; but once this has been done, association with Him is an imperative. We cannot have links with Him without the death/burial/resurrection experience. It was the Philistines who trod the Way of the Philistines, which did not involve the crossing either of the Red Sea or the Jordan. That way was barred to Israel, Exodus 13:17.

Where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God- it is as Christ that He sits at God’s right hand, for as Peter declared to the Jews, “God hath made that same Jesus, whom ye crucified, both Lord and Christ”, Acts 2;36. The Jews were familiar with the idea of Christ reigning on the earth; now they learn that their Messiah has a heavenly kingdom too. Both earth and heaven are to be “gathered together in one” in Him, Ephesians 1:10. This is part of the “mystery of His will”, something God had not revealed before.

Note that He is sitting, for His position is settled, with none having a right to dispossess Him. His position is not provisional, but secure, and so is the believer’s place in Him.

He is at God’s right hand, the place of favour, for God has said to Him, in the language of the illustration the Lord used, “Go up higher”, and “Give this man place”, Luke 14:7-11. The Lord Jesus is the perfect example of one who humbled Himself, and now is exalted, verse 11.

He is also in the place of the firstborn, for it was the patriarch Jacob’s right hand that gave the privilege of being firstborn to his son; see Genesis 48:12-20. The firstborn is the one who has the duty of administering for the father, and this Christ does as God’s firstborn. He did it in relation to creation, as we have seen in Colossians 1:15-17, and now He does it as a man on the throne of God. Just as the firstborn son of old time was given a double portion, so Christ administers regarding heavenly things and earthly, and is given the authority in heaven and earth to do so, Matthew 28:18.

He is also on the throne of God as the future king. Hebrews 1:3 declares Him to be on the right hand of the Majesty on high, and verse 8 of that chapter anticipates the day when He will sit upon Israel’s throne, which will then, in full reality, be “the throne of Jehovah”, 1 Chronicles 29:23. No angel could fill either role, for they are simply servants; He is their Commander, 7,14.

3:2
Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth.

Set your affection on things above- note that affection is in the singular. All our love for Him should go out to Him, as those whose mind, and therefore whose heart, is taken up with Him. There should be no aspect of our love which is centred on something else. Of course, natural relationships must be honoured, and the believer should love his wife and children if he has them, but in the context here of our attitude to Christ, all should be focussed on Him.

One of the evil effects of strange doctrine is to draw the heart away from Christ by filling the mind with error. Jude calls false teachers “wandering stars”, Jude 13. The word he used is “planetos”, from which we derive the English word planet. Woe be to an ancient seafarer who plotted his course by the planets, for they wandered through the sky. The wise mariner will be guided by the “fixed” stars, and will have a safe journey. The believer, likewise, should be guided by the fixed star of apostolic truth, and not be led astray by the wandering heretics. When Paul was being taken by ship to Rome, we read that “neither sun nor stars in many days appeared”, and the mariners feared they would be shipwrecked. Paul rebuked them with the words,”Ye should have listened unto me”, Acts 27:20,21. Many a one would have been saved from shipwreck of the soul if they had listened to the doctrines of the apostles.

There is a close connection between heart and mind, for Scripture says, “As he thinketh in his heart, so is he”, Proverbs 23:7. Sooner or later, what our mind is occupied with will affect our heart. There is plenty to occupy us as we meditate on the glories of Christ, His offices, and the inheritance of blessing into which He has brought us.

Not on things on the earth- God gives to us richly all things to enjoy, 1 Timothy 6:17, so the natural things of the earth may be minded, to His glory. There is much that glorifies God in the creation around us, and in the institutions like marriage and family life that He has established, and we may freely think upon them and enjoy them. The apostle is not thinking of this class of thing, however, but rather things in the realm of doctrine, and the occupation of some with things that may be touched, tasted and handled, as he said in 2:20,21. Anything that passes itself off as “Christian”, yet has to do with visible things like altars and vestments, is of the earth, and as such is contrary to the true Christian position.

3:3
A new principle- ye died.

3:3
For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God.

For ye are dead- the moral state of the true believer is that of being dead to his former state of sin. God foresaw our faith, and associated us with His Son in His death. So the apostle can say, (and the statement is not unique to him, but shared by all believers of this age), “I am crucified with Christ”, Galatians 2:20. It is not possible, logically speaking, for a dead person to have an association with the things on the earth, for he was cut off from them when he died.

The word used for “die” is a strengthened form, and means to die out. Animals are dying all the time, but occasionally one dies out, never to be seen again; such is the position of the believer. In fact, the word for death is said to come from the word to disappear, because that is what happens to us when we die, for men no longer see us. Abraham spoke of burying Sarah out of his sight, Genesis 23:4.

Just as Christ was not seen by sinful men after He was put in the tomb, so believers are out of sight morally, as far as this world is concerned. The burden of the apostle is that we should work out that moral position in practice. When we were in Adam we worked out that position in practice by having to do with this world and its sin; now that we are in Christ, we are to do the better thing.

And your life is hid with Christ in God- the believer’s real life is a hidden life, hidden from the world because it is lived the further side of death, and concerns itself with heavenly things. It is also hidden with Christ, because He is hidden, not just from the world negatively, but in heaven positively. He is like Joash the boy king, hidden in the sanctuary until the time of his manifestation, 2 Chronicles 22:11,12. The hiding away of Christ in heaven is the indication of where our true occupation should be.

But this life is hid with God. Now in 2:26 the apostle spoke of a mystery that was hidden, and in Ephesians 3:9 said that that mystery was hid in God. May it not be that the apostle alludes here to the fact that the place believers have has been part of His counsels for eternity, and He hid in His heart the plan to associate them with His Son in His heavenly position? Thus our life is hidden in two senses. In the first sense, hidden in the same way as Christ is hidden, and in the same place as He is. In the second sense, it is hidden in that Christ’s position, and ours in association with Him, is hid in God, as part of His eternal counsels. These counsels are still a secret as far as unbelievers are concerned, since they do not accept God’s word, so to them they are still “hid…in God”; but that will change in the future, as the apostle now shows.
The apostle John wrote in a similar way with the words, “Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him; for we shall see him as he is”, 1 John 3:2. What we shall be is not apparent to the world as yet, but it is apparent to us, for the apostle tells us we shall be like the Son of God. One day that will
become apparent to the world when we come back to earth with Him. Until such time, our life is hidden.

3:4
A new prospect
Coming with Christ in glory

3:4
When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with him in glory.

When Christ, who is our life- the apostle assumes that we are so taken up with Christ, and the heavenly things associated with Him, that He can be said to be our life. Life, (like death), is a condition of existence. The believer’s life is conditioned by the fact that Christ is everything to him. Life, for the believer, has no meaning apart from Christ. He is not only the source of spiritual life, but is the subject of it too. As Paul will write in verse 11, “Christ is all”. The apostle was in the good of this when he wrote, “For to me to live is Christ”, Philippians 1:21. His life could be summed up in that one word “Christ”.

Shall appear- the idea behind the word “appear” is that of being made manifest in one’s true character. When we see people for the first time, we are not always able to decide what they are really like. But this particular word assures us that when Christ appears, it will be to manifest Himself in His true character. He did this when He came the first time as Saviour. It will be “this same Jesus” that comes again, though, as the angel assured the apostles who watched Him go, Acts 1:11. During His absence from the world men have had all sorts of ideas about Him. Some have been misunderstandings, (although there is no excuse for this since the Scriptures are available to tell us the truth), and some have been malicious slanders. Jude speaks of “ungodly speeches” that men will have to give account for when Christ comes, Jude 15. When He comes to reign, however, there will be no misunderstanding.

Then shall ye also appear with him in glory- so He who is the life and truth personified, John 14:6, will appear again to men, this time accompanied by those who have received Him by faith, and who sought to live out His life before men. He shall come to be glorified in His saints, and admired in all them that believe, as 2 Thessalonians 1:10 puts it. Men shall see then that the people they did not understand because they lived an other-worldly life, were simply representing Christ while He was hidden from the world in heaven.

“In glory” does not mean “in heaven”, for the manifestation is to the world. Christ was manifest the first time in grace, (although His glory shone forth in a way that the eye of faith could appreciate); when He comes again to the earth it will be in glory, (although His grace will be manifest to Israel at that time). He Himself spoke of coming “in his glory”, Matthew 25:31; and “in the glory of his Father”, Mark 8:38. So the glory is Divine glory, not that of ourselves. In the light of this the apostle can make a very valid application, and exhort us to live in conformity with that glory even now. If we are to be associated with glory then, we should be associated with it now. The same word for manifest is used of Christ and us. We shall be revealed in our true light then, and that which was not understood by an unbelieving world will be apparent.

3:5-9
A new practice
(a) mortify your members and put off the old man

3:5
Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication, uncleanness, inordinate affection, evil concupiscence, and covetousness, which is idolatry:

Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth- when the apostle teaches that our life is hid with Christ, he is not asserting that in some mystical way we are not on earth in actual fact. We live our lives out in the same world that unbelievers live their lives. The Lord Jesus did not ask His Father to take His people out of the world, but rather to keep them from the evil that is in the world, John 17:15.

To mortify means to put to death. It is the application of the principle set out in verse 3, and more extensively in Romans 6:10-12. The Lord Jesus has died in relation to the matter of sin, having dealt with the sin-principle effectively by His death. But He now lives to God. If to die to sin means to so deal with it that the matter never needs to be dealt with again, then to live to God, by contrast, (for God and sin are diametrically opposed), is to exclusively deal with the things of God. And this He does. And this we should do, as exhorted by the apostle in Romans 6:12, “Likewise reckon ye also yourselves to be dead indeed unto sin, but alive unto God through Jesus Christ our Lord”. We, of course, are not dead to sin in the sense that we dealt with it ourselves; rather, we are dead to sin by association with the one who did deal with it.

Note that we are not required to die to sin, for that has already happened when we believed, so that Romans 6:2 reads, “How shall we, that are dead to sin, live any longer therein?” What we are required to do is reckon ourselves to be dead to sin. In other words, incorporate the truth that we are dead with Christ into our thinking, and allow it to regulate our acting.

The Lord Jesus anticipated this teaching when He said, “And if thy hand offend thee, cut it off…if thy foot offend thee, cut it off…if thine eye offend thee, pluck it out”, Mark 9:43,45,47. Of course He was not speaking literally. Our hand, foot and eye do not offend us by being attached to our body, therefore they will not stop offending us by being detached from our body. They can offend us, or trap us into sinning, by the things they are able to do. If we find ourselves being lured into sinning by what we do, (hand), where we go, (foot), or what we see, (eye), then we should metaphorically cut off those members. Or in the language of the verse we are thinking of, mortify our members.

So our members are upon the earth, in the place of danger, where temptation lurks, and therefore we should be specially alert. It is interesting that in Mark 9:49 the Lord Jesus quoted from Leviticus chapter 2. In that chapter, which has to do with the meal offering, there is detailed for us an offering that depicts the holy manhood of the Lord Jesus. His life is the perfect example for His people to imitate, and we can only do it if we resolve to not let sin reign in our mortal bodies, so that we do not obey it in the lusts thereof, Romans 6:12.

The apostle now lists some sins that our members are able to commit. So closely is sin and our body linked, that it is called “the body of sin” in Romans 6:6. By the application of the truth of that passage, however, our bodies as the headquarters of sin may progressively be made of no effect, which is what “destroyed” means in that context. It is clear that the apostle anticipates progress in this matter- it is not automatic, as the use of the subjunctive mood indicates; it is a possibility that may be realised, to a greater or lesser degree. We know from experience that our body is still able to sin, so we should put to death the members of that body, writing death over them, so to speak, so that we serve God and not sin.

Fornication- this is a term that covers all sorts of acts of immorality, whether it be adultery, homosexuality, lesbianism, incest, or bestiality. It is a wide term, and is not synonymous with adultery, which involves immoral acts between a male and a female, one or both of whom are married. See, for instance, the careful distinguishing of the two in the words of the Lord Jesus in Matthew 19:9.

We should not let the prevailing atmosphere of tolerance of, or even encouragement of, such sins, to influence our thinking. As the next verse will tell us, the wrath of God is coming on these sins. We do men a disservice if we condone these sins, for it prevents them repenting of them, and so avoiding the wrath of God. Far better to be like Abraham, standing apart from Sodom, yet interceding for it, than to be like Lot, prominent in the city, but with no effective testimony; see Genesis chapters 18 and 19. He may have thought that by becoming a magistrate he could improve Sodom, but it is not God’s way for us to get involved in the affairs of the world.

Uncleanness- everything that is impure in the moral realm, whether thoughts or deeds. The apostle wrote, “Finally, my brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things”, Philippians 4:8. We should make a conscious effort to guard our minds and hearts from unclean things, and the best way of doing this is to concentrate on the clean and wholesome things of God.

Inordinate affection- this is depraved passion. Men often criticise God for ordering the destruction of the Canaanites. The truth is, that such were the abominations that they committed, they were not fit to live. After all, what shall we say of people who sacrificed tiny babies to their god by plunging them into a furnace of fire? It is no surprise to learn that they were marked by other detestable abominations. All that is out of harmony with love to Christ should be shunned.

Evil concupiscence- this is wicked craving after sinful things. The believer should find all his satisfaction in Christ, and desires for sinful things will be lessened.

Covetousness, which is idolatry- after a sad list of immoral practices we might be surprised to find the apostle including covetousness. Yet the sin of covetousness must be serious, for it is said here to be idolatry. The other sins in the list often accompanied idolatry, but this sin is idolatry. To allow anything to come between the soul and God is idolatry. The Devil sought to place himself between Christ and His Father, but he was met by the instant rebuke “Get thee behind me, Satan: for it is written, ‘Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve'”, Luke 4:8. In Matthew’s account the Lord said, “Get thee hence, Satan”, Matthew 4:10, reminding us that if we resist the Devil he will flee from us, James 4:7.

God made it clear to Israel that He is a Jealous God, Exodus 20:5. That is why He condemns idolatry of all sorts, for God is the only Being that can claim glory, and idolatry deprives Him of glory, for men direct their attention to an idol rather than to God. He is also jealous of the glory of His Son, who is the “image of the invisible God”, and this is added reason why idolatry is abomination to Him.

The Lord Jesus taught “ye cannot serve God and mammon”, which is an Aramaic word for riches. It is possible to be an employee of two persons, but it is impossible to be a slave of two persons, for a slave’s master is his owner and governor, dominating his every move. Such is the position of those who set up riches as their god. Those who have resources surplus to their moderate requirements have a golden opportunity to help others less well off than themselves. The apostle charged those believers who are rich “that they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute, willing to communicate”, 1 Timothy 6:18.

3:6
For which things’ sake the wrath of God cometh on the children of disobedience:

For which things’ sake the wrath of God cometh- the Lord Jesus is to be revealed “in flaming fire taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ”, 2 Thessalonians 1:8. He is the one charged with the task of executing judgement, for He is Son of Man, John 5:27. As such, He has been on the earth so that men might see and hear Him, and react in faith to Him. Those who do not believe will find that as Son of Man He has authority over all men, and will be their judge when He comes. The sense of “cometh” is that the judgement is already on its way, so certain is it. When the apostles speak of things about to happen, they mean that is so certain that they are almost in sight.

On the children of disobedience- the implication of these words is that if we are to come with Him and be associated with His judgement of the sins listed in verse 5, then we should not be guilty of them ourselves. And if the wrath of God comes on children of disobedience, then the approval of God must rest on the children of obedience, namely those who believe. Does not the apostle speak of “the obedience of faith”, in Romans 1:5 and 16:26, thus bracketing the gospel epistle with this thought? By nature man follows Adam is his disobedience to God’s commands, and is therefore a son of Adam, taking character from him. By new birth believers are enabled to follow the example of the Last Adam, who was marked by full obedience to His Father’s will.

3:7
In the which ye also walked some time, when ye lived in them.

In the which ye also walked some time- the sins of verse 5 were commonplace in the lives of the Colossians before they were saved, such was the atmosphere in which they lived their unsaved lives. It is always good for believers to remember that they were no different to the unsaved before conversion. We can begin to think ourselves superior, and think that we in some way deserved God’s salvation. But it is not so. God warned Israel not to think they deserved to be in the land of promise; it was all of God’s goodness and grace, and His faithfulness to His promise to Abraham, Deuteronomy 9:4-6.

When ye lived in them- note that the apostle assumes that they have made a clear-cut break with the sins of the past. They no longer live in those things in principle, because their life is bound up with Christ; they should not live in them in practice. That it is still possible for believers to commit at least some of the sins of verse 5 is seen in the fact that we are to mortify our members so we do not commit them.

3:8
But now ye also put off all these; anger, wrath, malice, blasphemy, filthy communication out of your mouth.

But now ye also put off all these- the word “ye” is emphatic, for even some sinners shun the kind of sins the apostle lists in verse 5, but the standard for believers is much higher. The word for “put off” is the same as in Acts 7:58, where those who stoned Stephen took off their clothes and discarded them, for they were not suitable for the task in hand. So we should put off the characteristics of the old man, for they are not suitable for the task we have to perform, namely, manifest Christ’s character. Men wanted to obliterate the Christ-likeness they saw in Stephen; we should want to replicate it.

Anger- this is a condition of mind. There is such a thing as righteous anger, for the Lord Jesus was angry at times, Mark 3:5, for He was grieved at the hardness of the heart of the people. He taught, however, that “he that is angry with his brother without a cause shall be in danger of the judgement”, Matthew 5:22. This is unrighteous anger, the sort that is condemned here.

Wrath- this is an outburst of strong indignation. The apostle allowed the Ephesians to be angry, but warned them against allowing the sun to go down on their wrath, Ephesians 4:26. Righteous anger must not degenerate into spite and prolonged brooding about a matter.

Malice- this is the root cause of the previous two sins. 1 Corinthians 5:8 speaks of “the leaven of malice and wickedness”. The wickedness was on the part of the sinful man dealt with in that chapter; the warning against malice is for those who dealt with the matter, lest they do it in the wrong spirit and for the wrong motives.

Blasphemy- this is evil-speaking against God or man. The same word is used for both since man is made in the similitude of God, James 3:9, and therefore neither should be spoken of, or to, with vindictiveness and slander.

Filthy communication out of your mouth- having spoken of malicious speech, the apostle now warns against unclean speech, for this will lead to the sins of verse 5.

3:9
Lie not one to another, seeing that ye have put off the old man with his deeds;

Lie not one to another- the Devil is a “liar, and the father of it”, John 8:44. He lied to Eve by saying, “Ye shalt not surely die”, when God had said “thou shalt surely die”, Genesis 3:4; 2:17. He was in direct confrontation with the God of truth. He not only lied himself, however, but was the father of lies in others, instigating them to continue his wicked practice. So it is that the Lord told the Jews that because He told them the truth, they did not believe Him, for they were conditioned to accept lies and deny truth, John 8:45. The natural mind is attracted to error, and resists truth.

In the corresponding place in Ephesians, the apostle quotes from Zechariah with the words, “Let every man speak truth with his neighbour”. Then he adds, “for we are members one of another”, Ephesians 4:25. The words of the prophet need to be heeded by us for a stronger reason even than the one given by Zechariah. There, it was because of neighbourliness; with believers today it is because of common membership of the body of Christ. Because our links with fellow-believers are so much more intimate than being neighbours, then the need for truth and transparency to mark our dealings with one another is all the more pressing.

Seeing that ye have put off the old man with his deeds- when a person repents, they renounce the things of Adam that marked them. They discover that God dealt with what they were at Calvary, and their old man was crucified with Him there. So the nature and practice of the old man have been put off. But the fact that the apostle urges them to not lie, shows that they have the capacity to do the former deeds. This is because when a person is converted to God, they are not given a new body, for that awaits the resurrection. Their body is still the body that sinned, even though the sins have been forgiven. Romans 6:6 calls it “the body of sin”, meaning the body that is capable of sinning because it is the headquarters of the sin-principle. That verse reads, “Knowing this, that our old man is crucified with Him, that the body of sin might be destroyed, that henceforth we should not serve sin”. The word “destroy” has the idea of “making of no effect”, or “cancelling the power of”. Notice the “might be” and the “should not”. They are phrases that tell of potential. As far as God is concerned, the power of our old man is cancelled at Calvary, when God passed judicial sentence upon it and crucified it with Christ. The fact remains, however, that putting this into practice is an ongoing process for the believer, and in the measure in which he reckons himself to be dead to sin and alive to God, then the body as an agent of sin is made of none effect. So the apostle is saying, “Lie not one to another, for lying is a manifestation of your old self, and God condemned that at Calvary, and you renounced it at conversion, when you repented”.

3:10-17
A new practicey
(b) put on the new man.

3:10
And have put on the new man, which is renewed in knowledge after the image of Him that created him:

And have put on the new man- not only did we renounce the old man in repentance, but we embraced the new man in faith. The word for “new” here means youthful, vigorous, dynamic. The word for new in the parallel passage in Ephesians 4:24 means fresh, different. There the apostle emphasises the great change that comes about when a person is converted. Instead of living as Adam lived after he sinned, he begins to live like Christ, who did no sin. Here the emphasis is on the vigour of the new life.

Which is renewed in knowledge after the image of him that created him- there is a constant renewing, for the word is a present participle, and this is perhaps why the apostle used the word for new which means youthful and vigorous. The new man will never grow old, for it has an in-built youthfulness. This is because it is likeness to Christ, and He never decays or deteriorates.

God made Adam in His own image and after His likeness, Genesis 1:26. He fell from his lofty position, however, and begat a son in his own likeness, Genesis 5:3. And thus it has been ever since, except in the case of Christ, who was virgin-born. He has now become the example for God’s people, and since He is the image of God, (whether as a man or beforehand, in eternity), to imitate Him is to grow after the image of God. So the more we know of Christ, and the more we put that knowledge into practice in Christ-like deeds and attitudes, the more we shall be like God as to His virtue and goodness.

3:11
Where there is neither Greek nor Jew, circumcision nor uncircumcision, Barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free: but Christ is all, and in all.

Where there is neither Greek nor Jew- just as when we were in Adam we displayed his likeness, so now we are in Christ we are to display likeness to Him, who is Himself the image of God. In that position the divisions of earth lose their relevance, for they are the way man in Adam is distinguished. Such distinctions are left behind in Christ. By “Greek” the apostle means Gentile persons, for the Greek language was that which united the Roman world. The word Gentile is first found in Genesis 10:5. God chose Abraham out from the world of the Gentiles, and promised to make of him a great nation, Genesis 12:1,2. So it was that the earth became divided into “the nations”, (the meaning of the word Gentile), and “The Nation”; so there were “the peoples”, (Gentiles) and “The People”, (Israel). These distinctions are no longer valid, for God has set aside man in Adam of whatever nation, (even of The Nation), and only man in Christ is relevant. So it is that the apostle Paul had to become like a Jew to reach the Jews with the gospel, for he had left his Jew-status behind, 1 Corinthians 9:20. There are those today who wish to be known as Christians, yet also call themselves Messianic Jews, but this is a contradiction in terms.

Circumcision nor uncircumcision- just as God divided between Jew and Gentile by calling Abraham out from Ur of the Chaldees, He also divided between circumcision and uncircumcision by covenanting with Abraham only, making the rite of circumcision the distinguishing mark of the Jew. But this was only a physical operation, and it did not mean that the circumcised person was a believer. Indeed it could not, for it was done at the age of eight days old. See Romans 2:17-29 for the way the apostle deals with this question. Whether a person is circumcised or not is irrelevant as far as the gospel is concerned.

Barbarian, Scythian- we are not presented with contrasts now, but with those whose behaviour as nations was far off from what God desired. They were lacking in the refinements and education of the Greeks and Romans, and were rough and uncultured. This does not matter to God either, for in Christ the rough becomes refined, and the uncultured becomes educated in the school of Him who said, “Learn of me”, Matthew 11:29.

Bond nor free- to be a bond-slave was to be deprived of many of the privileges and advantages that the free person took for granted. This, too, is irrelevant for the believer, for he is the Lord’s freeman, whatever his employment status, 1 Corinthians 7:21-23. Those who are freemen should remember that they are in bonds to Christ.

But Christ is all- such is the glory of His person, and such is His relevance to all men, not just Jews, that what and who He is over-rides what everyone else is in Adam. He surpasses and excludes all the varied sorts of men, and stations Himself as supreme and alone as the believer’s standard.

And in all- by the indwelling Spirit Christ is in the believer, ready to work out His image through us. In Romans 8:9 we read, “If any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of His”. Then in the next verse the apostle writes, “And if Christ be in you.” So to have the Spirit within is to have Christ within. This is how the distinctions of earth become irrelevant, for the important question is, “Has this person Christ within?” If so, then he is no longer part of the earthly scheme of things, but involved in the heavenly, which is how the apostle began the chapter. There, the reason for being involved with the heavenly was being risen with Christ, removed out of the world’s domain. Here, it is having Christ within.

It might be helpful at this point to set out the doctrine concerning the old man, and the flesh:

The old man
What God recognises a person to be before conversion, with links to Adam the sinner. That person has been judicially condemned by God, and the sentence executed by being crucified in company with Christ, as far as God is concerned. In practice, the old man is put off in repentance at conversion, and then as the old works are dispensed with.

The new man
What God recognises a person to be after conversion, with links to Jesus Christ the righteous One.

The flesh
That self-principle within a believer which has the potential to cause him to live like sinners do, because his body is the seat of the sin-principle. The believer is not “in the flesh”, but can “walk after the flesh”, if he allows sin to dominate him. The characteristic position of the believer is that he is “in the Spirit”, and herefore he should walk “after the Spirit”. See Romans 8:5-10.

3:12
Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering;

Put on therefore- the fact that believers have to be exhorted to put on features of the new man shows that those features are not automatically manifested. They are present in principle from conversion, for “if any man be in Christ, he is a new creature”, 2 Corinthians 5:17. As to their manifestation, however, there needs to be exercise of heart. Having put on the new man in principle at conversion, its characteristics should mark us. This is especially desirable, since “Christ is all”, so there is no real room left for the manifestation of Adam-features in our lives. To put on is to display the character, just as when we put on a particular set of clothes we manifest ourselves in a particular way. Those who are saved and baptised have put on Christ, just as a Greek boy put on the toga of manhood when he was adopted as a son, Galatians 3:27. The characteristics seen in Christ when He was on earth are to be displayed by the believer.

As the elect of God- Christ is God’s Elect One, Isaiah 42:1, and He in every way justified that title. He was upheld by the Father, and gave delight to the Father. We may count on our Father’s support, and we should seek to delight His heart, too. We shall do this if we put on the features of Christ, and shall justify the title “elect”, for believers, as God’s elect, are destined to be conformed to the image of God’s Son in the future, Romans 8:29, therefore they should manifest conformity to Him now by their Christ-like character.

Holy and beloved- those who are holy willingly put off old things and put on the new things of Christ, for they have a right attitude to the Adam-world from which they have been delivered. As God’s beloved children, (and remember Christ is called beloved in Isaiah 42:1), they should be responsive in gratitude to the one who has given them new life.

Bowels of mercies- the Hebrews believed that the inward parts of the body were the seat of the emotions, hence the bowels are linked with mercy. Our inward parts have been designed by our Creator to function without any effort of our will. So mercies should be displayed instinctively. The double plural suggests that there are many ways in which this mercy may be expressed.

Kindness- this is the opposite of malice, and reflects to others what has been shown to us, for the kindness and love of God our Saviour has appeared, Titus 3:4. Kindness is love in action.

Humbleness of mind, meekness- Christ could say “Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart”, Matthew 11:29. Those who took their place as the disciples of a rabbi were said to take his yoke. This is what is in view here, but in a deeper way, because whilst a rabbi might encourage his pupils to learn from him, he could not honestly ask them to imitate him in all things. Christ can do this, however, being the perfect example.

Meekness is that attitude of heart which accepts the Father’s will in all circumstances. This is seen in Matthew 11:25,26 when the Lord Jesus accepts that it is His Father’s will that truth is hidden from the wise and revealed to babes. The world equates meekness with weakness, mistakenly putting a premium on standing up for its (supposed or real) rights. The believer is content to let his Father decide what is best.

Longsuffering- not hasty in attitude to others, but ready to hold back. Paul had known the longsuffering of Jesus Christ towards him before he was saved, 1 Timothy 1:16, and so have all believers; it should mould their character therefore.

3:13
Forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye.

Forbearing one another- we now have a two-fold description of those who display the features of verse 12. They will be forbearing, for they have longsuffering, meekness, humbleness of mind, kindness and mercy.

And forgiving one another- if forbearance and the display of Christian graces does not prevent differences arising, then we should be ready to forgive. Forbearance and forgiveness prevent fighting.

If any man have a quarrel against any- the word quarrel has become connected with arguing, but originally simply meant a just complaint. Where this is the situation, a forbearing and forgiving spirit will result in a satisfactory and charitable outcome.

Even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye- we should remember that forgiveness should not be at the expense of righteousness. Christ did not forgive us without regard for righteousness, so that His word with regard to forgiving our brother was, “if he repent, forgive him”, Luke 17:3.
When Peter asked how often he was to forgive his brother, and suggested seven times, the Lord answered, “I say not unto thee ‘Until seven times:” but, ‘Unto seventy times seven'”, Matthew 18:22. By this the Lord probably meant, not forty-nine times, but rather, seventy to the power of seven, which in mathematical terms is 8,235,430, but in practical terms, an infinite amount. If a man lives for 70 years, and is awake for 16 hours per day, he is awake for 24,528,000 minutes. So if a brother offends once every three minutes for the whole of a lifetime, then he is to be forgiven. If we are tempted to think that this is too severe, then we have only to ask ourselves what it cost the Lord to forgive us one sin. We shall soon realise that we have been forgiven so much. The least we can do is show this attitude to fellow-believers.

3:14
And above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness.

And above all these things put on charity- God is love, this is His essence, and those who have been born of Him are partakers of His nature. They should find it easy to express this to others. Charity is to be put on “above all these things”, meaning the things of verses 12 and 13. Since love is the essence of God, it gives meaning to every other Christian virtue.

Which is the bond of perfectness- charity ties together all Christian virtues into one harmonious and complete whole. The apostle warned and taught so that every man might become perfect in Christ Jesus, 1:28, and this is part of what he strove for.

3:15
And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful.

And let the peace of God rule in your hearts- let peace and harmony amongst believers be the deciding factor when contemplating any response to fellow-believers.

To the which also ye are called in one body- the logical extension of the call of the gospel is a call from God to gather together in a local assembly with others of like mind. In 1 Corinthians 1:9 Paul describes the believers as “called unto the fellowship of his Son, Jesus Christ our Lord”. This sort of company is said by the apostle in 1 Corinthians 12 to be similar in character to the human body. God as Creator “hath tempered the body together, having given more abundant honour to that part which lacked: that there should be no schism in the body; but that the members should have the same care one for another”, verse 26. What is true of the human body by Divine design should be true of the local assembly by Divine grace.

And be ye thankful- the Lord Jesus was ever thankful, and He is the believer’s example. This is illustrated by His three actions in the Upper Room when He took the bread, gave thanks for it, and gave it to His disciples. The loaf was to represent His body, and He had taken a body in incarnation. In His life in the body He was ever thankful, and then He gave His life so that it might become available to those who believe.

The world is an unthankful and unholy place, and the attitude of the believer, (who has been delivered from Adam’s world), is to be radically different. That we are not always is seen in the fact that the apostle has to exhort us to thankfulness.

3:16
Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.

Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom- as the Scriptures describe Christ to us, whether in the Old Testament or the New, we should allow the truth about Him to settle down in our hearts so that it is at home there. When we have this rich treasure in our hearts, we should use Divinely-given wisdom to apply it to everyday living.

Teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs- occupation with Christ will bring great joy. The apostle John indicated that to look upon and handle (have fellowship with) the things of Christ was to have full joy, 1 John 1:4.

The three things listed here are not necessarily separate. It is possible for a song to be spiritual, be addressed reverently to God as a hymn, and ascribe praise to Him as a psalm.

Christian joy is to be expressed intelligently, with the song in our heart being informed by the word of Christ which is also in our heart. We should ensure that the songs we sing have spiritual content, and are not the repetition of meaningless catch-phrases. We need to make sure also that we are not singing to the God of Truth words containing error. We are to teach and admonish with song, so there must be Scriptural content in order to do this.

The parallel passage in Ephesians 5:19 speaks of making melody, so the tune is important, and should fit in with the nature of the song being sung. It is not spiritual to sing a solemn song accompanied by a jolly tune. We need to sing with our spirit and with our understanding, 1 Corinthians 14:15.

Notice that we teach and admonish one another, so the song should be an expression of truth, which will confirm that truth in the hearts of those who are singing, and it should admonish also, as, for instance, when the song contrasts the person of Christ with the men of the world.

There is no room in this matter for Christian choirs, for the singing is a two-way activity, “one another”. Each believer is teaching every other believer, not listening to a group of people offering entertainment. The days when a choir was ordained of God in the Temple to worship on behalf of the nation are over. Such practices, even though they were established by God, have been replaced by the things of Christ, as Hebrews 10:9 makes clear. Every true believer in Christ is a priest, and does not need someone else to worship or sing for him.

The exhortation that all should teach one another in song also does away with the possibility of using a musical instrument to accompany the singing, since the one playing will not be able to concentrate wholly on singing, if at all. This means that the accompanist is prevented from singing to the Lord, as the end of the verse enjoins should be done.

The word psalm means “praise”, and has to do with a recognition of what God has done. (Worship, on the other hand, has to do with God’s worth). This does not mean that Christians should sing from the Book of Psalms, for many of them are not suitable for believers of this age to sing. Those which call down vengeance upon men, (the Imprecatory Psalms), or which are only appropriate on the lips of the Lord Jesus, (Psalm 22 for instance), are not fitting for today. The inspired psalms were penned during the law age, and are coloured by that fact.

The word hymn emphasises that it is sung to God, and as such should be dignified and reverent. Sadly, we live in a flippant age, and many modern so-called hymns are lacking in dignity and in spiritual content. If believers shunned them, they might not be composed any longer.

The third description is spiritual songs, emphasising that the activity is essentially spiritual, and as such should be strictly in accord with the Spirit of God. After all He is the sustainer of the worship of God’s people today, just as Christ is the subject of worship, and the Father is the seeker of worship, as John 4:23 makes clear.

Singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord- as those conscious of the way Divine grace has intervened in our lives, we should be full of heartfelt praise to the Lord.

3:17
And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by him.

And whatsoever ye do in word or deed- the apostle has been exhorting us to Christian activity since verse 5, and now he sums it all up with the words, “whatsoever ye do in word or deed”.

Do all in the name of the Lord Jesus- as we put off the old man features and put on the new, we should do so in recognition of the character of the Lord Jesus. For the name tells of character, summarising, so to speak, the whole person. He is the perfect example of those new-man features, and is in direct contrast to the Adam-features we should discard. All we do should be suitable to be associated with the glorious name of Christ. And we should do and speak on His behalf, maintaining His cause.

Giving thanks to God and the Father by him- we are to give thanks for the deliverance from the old man that God has wrought for us in the cross of Christ, and also for the new position we have been brought into through Him and His resurrection.

3:18-4:1
The expression of life in Christ socially

Survey of the passage
Spiritual relationships do not cancel out natural ones. If they are regulated by the spiritual principles set out in this and other passages, they will not hinder but help. After all, God gave Adam a wife to help him, and Christian wives are for the same purpose. Children can be brought up under Christian influences, so that they may have the opportunity of believing. Employees may so labour for their employer that the gospel is commended.

When the Israelites were about to enter the land of promise, two and a half tribes requested to remain the wilderness side of the Jordan. With certain conditions, Moses allowed their request. His words, as quoted by Joshua, were, “Your wives, your little ones, and your cattle, shall remain in the land which Moses gave you on this side Jordan”, Joshua 1:14. So it was wives, family and business that caused them to prefer the wilderness side of things. Every true believer is positionally the other side of the Jordan, risen with Christ. Every true believer in Christ has all spiritual blessings in the heavenly places in Christ, Ephesians 1:3. But not every believer is in the full enjoyment of these things, and this is the case with some because of the things that hindered the two and a half tribes. Since there was a half tribe of Manasseh that went in, and a half tribe that stopped away, it was not environment or upbringing, but the act of the will which determined what they did. So it is that the apostle adjusts the husband/wife relationship, the child/parent relationship, and the servant/master relationship in the next verses, so that spiritual progress is maintained.

One of the sins of the last days is that of being “without natural affection”, 2 Timothy 3:3. There is something wrong when Christian couples behave in an unloving way to one another, especially as many unbelievers, by contrast, are marked by love and affection.

We should not confuse the truth that in Christ there is neither male nor female, Galatians 3:28, with the equally Scriptural truth that there is a difference between the male and female functionally in the assembly gatherings. Failure to see this point is bound to lead to confusion. The Christian assembly is the sphere where spiritual relationships are worked out, whether those participating have earthly relationships with one another or not. Where there are many family connections, special effort will have to be made, so that these do not affect attitudes and decisions.

3:18
Wives, submit yourselves unto your own husbands, as it is fit in the Lord.

Wives, submit yourselves unto your own husbands- when sin came in through the woman, part of God’s judgement on her was that “thy desire shall be to thy husband, and he shall rule over thee”, Genesis 3:16. Part of Eve’s mistake was to not consult Adam when the Tempter approached her. The command about the tree of knowledge of good and evil was given to Adam before Eve was made, and must have been passed on to her, or else she could not have recited a garbled version of it to the serpent. As a consequence of her part in the fall of man, a greater degree of control over the woman by her husband than was perhaps the norm at the beginning is ordained.

All believers are to submit to one another, Ephesians 5:21, but the wife’s submission has a special character, for as Ephesians 5:24 makes clear, it is to be of the same sort as that shown, ideally, by the church which is Christ’s body. This is willing submission to one who has her best interests at heart, for the passage referred to enumerates seven things that Christ does for the church, and which should have their counterpart in the conduct of the husband. If they do, it will be an easy thing for the wife to submit. But she is still required to do this, even if it is difficult. If a professed believer makes the life of his wife unbearable, he runs the risk of being thought of as an unbeliever.

As it is fit in the Lord- the conduct of the believing wife should come up to the standard we know the Lord expects. His lordship is the governing factor in the relationship. Submission to the husband is not a substitute for submission to the Lord.

3:19
Husbands, love your wives, and be not bitter against them.

Husbands, love your wives- the foregoing instruction to the wife to submit does not mean that a husband may become a tyrant, for the parallel passage places heavy obligations on him in the marriage relationship, Ephesians 5:25,28, and in fact more is required of him than the wife in that passage. Christ Himself is his example, so a very high demand is made of the husband.

The word for love used here is the word used when John says, “God is love”. The standard is the love that God shows, and every believing husband experiences that love, and should duplicate it in his attitude to his wife. In Ephesians 5:25 the standard is that shown when Christ gave Himself at Calvary. It goes without saying that this also is an extremely high level of love; it is nonetheless the standard for the husband. Christ is easy to submit to, and so should husbands be.

And be not bitter against them- a harsh and irritable attitude is not Christ-like. Husbands should not take out their frustrations on their wives; rather, they should see in their wives God’s provision to help them in their frustrations by giving sound and wise advice. After all, marriage is a continual merging of two persons into one. The preposition that denotes that a goal is being striven for was used by the Lord Jesus when He quoted from Genesis 2:24. His words were, literally translated, “And they twain shall become unto one flesh”, Matthew 19:5. Christian husbands and wives should gradually merge as they partake of the grace of life together.

3:20
Children, obey your parents in all things: for this is well pleasing unto the Lord.

Children, obey your parents in all things- since the epistle is addressed to the assembly at Colosse, the children here mentioned would be believers not yet married, and therefore still under the headship of their father, and still responsible to obey both parents. Of course, even unbelieving children of believing parents would do well to heed this advice, for it has been shown that if children submit to the authority of their parents, they are more likely, (all other things being equal, and not setting aside the sovereign workings of the Spirit of God), to submit to the authority of God in the gospel.

The commandment to love one’s father and mother is the fifth of the ten commandments, and forms a link between the commandments that are Godward, and those that are manward. Parents have authority from God, and when children disobey them they are disobeying God. Perhaps this is one reason why this is the first commandment with a promise attached to it, for God would encourage the children with an incentive, so important is it for them to obey. If the rising generation is rebellious, then it bodes evil in days to come when they themselves are parents.

That the children are to obey in all things has a lesson for the parents, for they are hereby cautioned against requiring their children to do anything that is contrary to the word of God. Only when all their commands are in accordance with Scripture can all those commands be complied with in all good conscience.

For this is well pleasing unto the Lord- we should not forget that the Lord Jesus was a child once, and He was subject to His parents, Luke 2:51. This is all the more telling because it comes after the incident in the temple when the Lord needed to gently chide Mary for not realising that His Father’s business was His main concern. That statement was not in any way a rebellion against the authority of Joseph and Mary over Him, but it does show that His priorities were perfectly adjusted. And all this comes as the Lord embarks on His “teenage years”, when many children begin to assert themselves in wrong ways, and seek to overthrow the will of their parents. There was absolutely nothing of this with Christ, and He is our childhood example. At the end of His life in obscurity this word well-pleasing was used of Him, Luke 3:22, and it is well for Christian children if the same thing can be said of them at the end of their growing-up period.

3:21
Fathers, provoke not your children to anger, lest they be discouraged.

Fathers, provoke not your children to anger- fathers should not take advantage of the requirement that children obey them, by making unreasonable demands on their children. They should show a combination of firmness and kindness; always remembering that firmness is kindness, being in the best interests of the child in the long run.

Lest they be discouraged- there are plenty of things in the world which are calculated by the Devil to make Christian children lose heart. Parents should do all in their power to counteract these influences, and should certainly not act so as to discourage their children. Unreasonable demands, beyond the capability of the child to attain to, should not be insisted on. Parents should not try to make children what they are not fitted to be, nor treat them as mere replicas of themselves, or even replicas of what they aspired to be when they were children but failed. The parallel passage in Ephesians 6:4 speaks of “the nurture and admonition of the Lord”, meaning that the way the Lord dealt and deals with the parents should be the way they deal with their children.

Parents, on the other hand, should not reproach themselves if, after all their best efforts to bring up their children for the Lord, they act in self-will and rebellion as unbelievers. Each individual is judged for his own sins, not another’s, as Ezekiel made clear in his ministry. “The son shall not bear the iniquity of the father, neither shall the father bear the iniquity of the son: the righteousness of the righteous shall be upon him, and the wickedness of the wicked shall be upon him”, Ezekiel 18:20. Remember it is God Himself who said, “I have nourished and brought up children, and they have rebelled against me”, Isaiah 1:2.

3:22
Servants, obey in all things your masters according to the flesh; not with eyeservice, as menpleasers; but in singleness of heart, fearing God;

Servants, obey in all things your masters according to the flesh- the system of slavery was widespread in Bible times, and the apostles realised that the best way to deal with this was not to start a social revolution, but to preach the gospel so that the hearts of men were spiritually revolutionised. Christianity does not major on social reform, (although Christians should not be against the efforts of those who seek to adjust society in accordance with the truth), but it does condemn all injustice. Indeed, the Holy Spirit’s presence in the world is a condemnation of the lack of righteousness in the world now that Christ has gone back to heaven, John 16:10. Not all slaves were consigned to the menial tasks, for some were tutors and governors, as Galatians 4:2 would indicate.

Slaves would be considered part of the household, so the conduct of Christian slaves was an important way of commending the gospel in unsaved households. As Peter points out when he is regulating the behaviour of believing slaves, Christ was a servant too, and He has “left us an example that we should follow his steps, who did no sin, neither was any guile found in his mouth”, 1 Peter 2:18-23.

Servants who have masters in the flesh should obey them, then, in all things. Of course, there are some things a believer must not do, as again Peter says, “We ought to obey God rather than men”, Acts 5:29, and “Submit yourselves to every ordinance of man for the Lord’s sake”, 1 Peter 2:13. Some ordinances cannot be submitted to for the Lord’s sake, so that is where we are to draw the line.

Not with eye-service, as menpleasers- eye-service is work done only when the master’s eye is upon you. Those who serve like this have forgotten that God sees all, as Hagar (the servant-maid) said, “Thou God seest me”, Genesis 16:13. All we do should be able to stand the test of the Lord’s all-seeing gaze.

But in singleness of heart, fearing God- a reverent fear of God will ensure that we are not double-minded, serving a master well sometimes, and not at other times. This is not how God deals with us, so should not be the way we deal with others.

3:23
And whatsoever ye do, do it heartily, as to the Lord, and not unto men;

And whatsoever ye do, do it heartily, as to the Lord- whatever servants are given to do they should carry out with enthusiasm, as if they were doing it for the Lord; which, in fact, they are. We mistake Christianity if we think it is confined to meetings. It affects the whole of our life. A saint is a person who transforms the ordinary into the service of God.

And not unto men- the work is done for men, but with the goal of glorifying the Lord.

3:24
Knowing that of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of the inheritance: for ye serve the Lord Christ.

Knowing that of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of the inheritance- the servant is to remember that the master’s verdict will often be immediate, but the Lord’s verdict waits for the judgement seat of Christ. To be a slave and to be an heir were mutually exclusive terms in the social world of the time. But the Christian slave, who has nothing, has the prospect of receiving a reward from the Lord for serving his earthly master well. God saw to it that the Israelites were recompensed for their slave-labours over many years, for He ensured that the Egyptians loaded them with treasures as they left Egypt, Exodus 12:36. Here, however, the recompense is an increased appreciation of the inheritance that is common to all believers, as Ephesians 1:3-8 details it. The slave will find that his enjoyment of the heavenly rest is enhanced by the way he served down here.

For ye serve the Lord Christ- this answers the possible question, “Why does the Lord in heaven reward me for work done to an earthly master?” The answer is that the work was not only done to the earthly master, but to the Heavenly Lord too. The earthly master is very unlikely to reward a slave, but the Heavenly One certainly will.

3:25
But he that doeth wrong shall receive for the wrong which he hath done: and there is no respect of persons.

But he that doeth wrong shall receive for the wrong which he hath done- this is the fixed principle, so slaves should not be guilty of doing wrong, even if their masters are unreasonable and over-demanding. They should not vent their frustration by harming their master’s interests. Just as they will be recompensed for good done, so also for harm inflicted.

And there is no respect of persons- a Christian slave should not think that he is not subject to the normal code of Christian conduct just because he has no rights and is treated badly. Nor should he think that he can act with impunity just because he is a believer. Nor should a believing slave take advantage, if his master is a believer also. Both believing slave and believing master are answerable to the same Lord in heaven. If Christian slaves wrong their masters, then this will be dealt with at the judgement seat of Christ. They will receive the rebuke of Christ at that time, with its consequent loss of reward. The masters are exhorted at the beginning of the next chapter.

REVELATION CHAPTER 4

We saw when considering chapter 1 that certain features from the vision of the Son of Man were used to describe Him as He spoke to the seven churches. Several features were not used there, however, so we may think of them as appropriate to the way in which Christ reveals Himself to the world in judgement before He actually comes. The features not used in chapters 2 and 3 are:

  • “One like unto the Son of Man”. HIS OFFICIAL AND UNIVERSAL AUTHORITY.
  • “Clothed with a garment down to the foot” HIS KINGLY DIGNITY
  • “His head and His hairs were white like wool, as white as snow”. HIS FULNESS OF WISDOM
  • “His countenance as the sun shineth in his strength”. HIS STERN WRATH
  • “Have the keys of hell and of death”. HIS FULL AUTHORITY

Coming to the main body of the revelation as it relates to Christ re-appearing to the world, which consists of chapters 4-19, we can divide it into six sections, which each culminate in the appearance of the Lord Jesus to the world again. As far as the actual revelation is concerned, this occurs in chapter 19. As far as the book is concerned, there are a series of records of events that reveal Christ’s character in some way. So there is a full revelation to John in vision in chapter 1; six partial revelations to the churches in chapters 2 and 3; six partial revelations to the world in chapters 4-18; and then the full revelation in person to the world in chapter 19.

Chapter 1

Revelation of Christ in vision to John

Chapters 2 and 3

Six revelations of Christ to the churches

Chapters 4 to 18

Six revelations of Christ to the world in vision to John.

Chapter 19

Revelation of Christ to the world in person.

That chapters 4 to 19 are not in chronological order is seen from the fact that there are references to the end of the tribulation period and the start of the reign of Christ throughout, as follows:

Chapter 5:13 “Every creature…heard I saying”. This will not happen until the Lord sets up His kingdom.

Chapter 7:17 “These are they that come out of great tribulation”. This is not tribulation in general, but the specific “tribulation, the great one”, the last three and a half years before Christ comes.

Chapter 11:15 “The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our God, and of His Christ”. This happens when Christ comes to reign.

Chapter 14:5 Those sent out to preach in chapter 7 are now safely in heaven before the throne of God, their work over.

Chapter 15:2 Those who have gained the victory over the beast are seen before God.

Chapter 19:10 “The Lord God Omnipotent reigneth”. A celebration of the glorious reign of Christ over the earth.

We need not be surprised if the various revelations overlap.  In the biography of a great man there may be a chapter about him as a man, his character as shown throughout his life.  Then his life as a prominent politician perhaps, which will overlap with the first chapter.  Again, there may be a chapter about his domestic life, and again the record may go over ground touched on before.  So it is with the revelations given in the Book of Revelation.  Various future events are detailed, in order that a particular aspect of the person of Christ may be revealed.

So in chapters 4 and 5 of the Book of the Revelation we have the first revelation that is given to us prior to His personal revelation at His coming to earth. In this revelation, His supreme worthiness is brought before us.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE BOOK OF THE REVELATION CHAPTER 4, VERSES 1 TO 11

4:1 After this I looked, and, behold, a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said, Come up hither, and I will shew thee things which must be hereafter.

4:2 And immediately I was in the spirit: and, behold, a throne was set in heaven, and one sat on the throne.

4:3 And He that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an emerald.

4:4 And round about the throne were four and twenty seats: and upon the seats I saw four and twenty elders sitting, clothed in white raiment; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.

4:5 And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God.

4:6 And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal: and in the midst of the throne, and round about the throne, were four beasts full of eyes before and behind.

4:7 And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle.

4:8 And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, LORD God Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come.

4:9 And when those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to Him that sat on the throne, who liveth for ever and ever,

4:10 The four and twenty elders fall down before Him that sat on the throne, and worship Him that liveth for ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne, saying,

4:11 Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honour and power: for Thou hast created all things, and for Thy pleasure they are and were created.

INTRODUCTION

We need to be aware of the point of chapters 4 and 5. They give to us a sight of the heavenly throne-room, and transactions conducted there. God is about to start His long-predicted judgements, it is fitting therefore that we should be shown the seat of government. Important also, to know through whom that judgement will be executed. The Lord Jesus taught when He was here below that “the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgement unto the Son: that all men should honour the Son, even as they honour the Father”, John 5:22,23. And again, the Father hath “given Him authority to execute judgement also, because He is the Son of Man”, John 5:27. So we are told the object of giving the Son of God the task of judging, namely that He may receive equal honour with the Father. Most acknowledge that only one who is God is qualified to judge men, and so the Father has allotted this task to His Son to declare yet again His Deity. We are also told two of the grounds upon which He has been given the task. First, that He is Son of Man, and as such He has relevance to all men. Second,that as Son of Man He has been amongst them in His ministry, and they have had opportunity to either respond to Him directly when they came into contact with Him, or indirectly when He was preached to them, or they read the gospel records of His life.

4:1 After this I looked, and, behold, a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said, Come up hither, and I will show thee things which must be hereafter.

After this I looked, and, behold, a door was opened in heaven- the scene changes at this point in the book. John had been told that he was to write “the things thou hast seen, (the vision of the Son of Man in chapter 1), the things that are, (the condition of the seven churches in Asia at that time), and the things which shall be hereafter”. The latter phrase does not mean after death as the world uses the phrase “the hereafter”, but “after these things”; in other words after the current things concerning the churches. And now that word “hereafter” occurs again, indicating to us that the third section of the book is about to begin, and matters relative to the future are about to be unfolded. Or as chapter 1:1 put it, “to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass”. God’s servants need to have an awareness of what is to happen in the future, so that they may serve Him intelligently in the present. In chapters 2 and 3 the scene is earth, with seven churches bearing testimony in their respective locations in Asia Minor, but now the scene changes to heaven.  Solomon’s temple had doors for access to the oracle, or speaking-place, where God spoke to His people, 1 Kings 6:31. Now John is ushered through a door into the temple of which Solomon’s was but a pattern, see 1 Chronicles 28:11-13.

And the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said, Come up hither- the first voice John heard invited him to come into the presence of God. The fact that the voice sounded like a trumpet reminds us of the words of 1 Corinthians 15:52, “the last trump”, or 1 Thessalonians 4:16, “the trump of God”. We have here a rehearsal of what will happen when Christ comes for His church saints, and they shall be caught up to be for ever with the Lord in heaven.

And I will show thee things which must be hereafter- the church saints shall be caught up to be with the Lord in heaven, but here John anticipates that, and is also given a preview of what will take place after the Lord Jesus has come into the air for the church.

4:2 And immediately I was in the spirit: and, behold, a throne was set in heaven, and one sat on the throne.

And immediately I was in the spirit- see chapter 1:10 for comments about the expression “in the spirit”. The fact that John was not in the spirit before tells us that this is not a reference to the position in the Spirit that is true of all believers all the time, but simply means that he is transported into the realm that the body cannot go to at present, although when the resurrection body is received, it will be otherwise. The doors in Solomon’s temple were made of olive tree wood, and olive oil is a symbol of the Spirit of God in Scripture. Note the immediate response of John to this invitation to enter heaven’s courts. We might well ask ourselves whether heaven’s affairs have this sort of attraction for us. As the apostle Paul wrote, “Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God”, Colossians 3:2,3.

And, behold, a throne was set in heaven- it is good to know that despite the rebellion of angels and men during the last 6000 years, there is still a throne set in heaven. Nothing has happened to make that throne unstable, let alone remove it. More than this, the throne, the seat of power and government, is occupied.

And one sat on the throne- the Divine Throne-Sitter is there in all His solitary grandeur. God has not abdicated His throne, nor will He do so.

4:3 And He that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an emerald.

And He that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone- it is noticeable how sparse is the description John gives us of the Throne-Sitter. He is content to tell us simply that He looked like two precious stones, and that He had a book in His right hand. In chapter 4 we are introduced to the Judge of all the earth, Genesis 18:25, in His capacity as the Creator-God. It is fitting, then, that He should be described in terms of the precious things He had hidden in the earth. This reminds us that the earth is precious to God. Of all the places in the universe, this is His favourite; not least because on this planet His Son was crucified. The earth may or may not be the physical centre of the universe, but that event on earth is certainly the moral centre.

And there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an emerald- as the judgements of God unfold in the following chapters, it becomes clear that many of them are inflicted on men using physical things, such as scorching sun, water made bitter, rivers dried up, hail and fire from heaven, earthquakes, and so on. It is good to see, therefore, that there is a rainbow round God’s throne, for this is His token in the heavens that He will never again flood the earth as He did in Noah’s time. He made a covenant with the earth, and the rainbow is the sign of that covenant. His words were these:

“And God spake unto Noah, and to his sons with him, saying, And I, behold, I establish My covenant with you, and with your seed after you; And with every living creature that is with you, of the fowl, of the cattle, and of every beast of the earth with you; from all that go out of the ark, to every beast of the earth. And I will establish my covenant with you; neither shall all flesh be cut off any more by the waters of a flood; neither shall there any more be a flood to destroy the earth. And God said, This is the token of the covenant which I make between Me and you and every living creature that is with you, for perpetual generations: I do set My bow in the cloud, and it shall be for a token of a covenant between Me and the earth. And it shall come to pass, when I bring a cloud over the earth, that the bow shall be seen in the cloud: And I will remember My covenant, which is between Me and you and every living creature of all flesh; and the waters shall no more become a flood to destroy all flesh. And the bow shall be in the cloud; and I will look upon it, that I may remember the everlasting covenant between God and every living creature of all flesh that is upon the earth. And God said unto Noah, This is the token of the covenant, which I have established between me and all flesh that is upon the earth”, Genesis 9:8-17.

So the rainbow is the token of God’s faithfulness to His covenant. Yet instead of being multi-coloured, this rainbow is emerald-green, the central colour of the rainbow as we see it. Colours have different effects upon us, and green is the one most likely to calm and quieten. Despite the upheavals that are about to occur upon the earth, heaven is calm and unruffled. The rainbow derives its colours from the fact that light is split into its colours by droplets of water acting as prisms. There is no water in this rainbow, however, for otherwise it would not be only green. It is a powerful testimony to the fact that God is remembering His covenant with the earth even whilst He is judging the men on the earth.

Furthermore, this bow encircles the throne; it is not a part-circle as with us as we look up from the earth, but a complete circle. God’s purpose for the earth will be fully accomplished, and the rainbow tells us it shall be so. The reason why God’s purpose shall be fully realised is because the administration of all things is entrusted to His Son, and He cannot fail.

4:4 And round about the throne were four and twenty seats: and upon the seats I saw four and twenty elders sitting, clothed in white raiment; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.

And round about the throne were four and twenty seats- we are now introduced to one of three groups of beings John saw in connection with the throne. There are twenty four seats, or thrones, (the word is the same as the throne on which God sits, but no doubt the translators were anxious to distinguish between the two, and hence called them seats. The word throne comes from the verb “to sit”). We mentioned earlier that Solomon’s temple was modelled on the heavenly temple. So also, the administration of that temple was ordered in accordance with David’s arrangements. There were twenty four courses of priests, 1 Chronicles 24;18; of Levites, verses 20-30; of singers, 25:31, (288, or 12 x 24, altogether, verse 7); of gate-keepers, 26:17; 12 captains of a host of 24 thousand, plus 12 princes of the tribes of Israel, 27:1-22. It was these latter persons who gave willingly so that the temple could be built, 28:1; 29:6-9. Clearly David is organising the temple around the number 24, and hence it is no surprise that there are 24 beings sitting in administration in heaven’s throne-room, which is also heaven’s temple, for justice and holiness co-exist in heaven. Solomon’s throne of judgement was at the entrance to the temple, 1 Kings 7:7, and thus the temple was central to the government of Israel.

And upon the seats I saw four and twenty elders sitting- we find that these personages are combining the various functions that the officers in the temple carried out. In 4:4 they are round about the throne, guarding the presence of God like the gatekeepers in the temple courts. In 4:10 they worship like the priests. In 5:5 one of the elders explains the situation to John, as the Levites taught the people. In 5:9 they play the harp and sing like the musician-singers in the temple choir.

We know from the book of Daniel that there is a correspondence between angelic beings, whether good or evil, and administration upon earth. In chapter 10:13,20,21, Daniel learns that Gabriel had been withstood by the angel-prince of Persia, an evil angel allotted by the Devil to defend his wicked interests in the kingdom of Persia. Gabriel had been helped, however, by the archangel Michael, who stands to defend the interests of God in Israel. Couple this with the fact that there is a class of angels called “thrones”, Colossians 1:16, and we are ready to see in these 24 elders those angelic beings who are given special wisdom, (hence they are called elders), to administer for God, and no doubt in particular in connection with His spiritual interests in the earth, centred in the future rebuilt temple at Jerusalem.

Clothed in white raiment- in chapter 1:9 the word for clothed means to have put on clothing, (with the emphasis on the “put on”, since there is no word for garment in the original passage, it is contained within the verb), for the Son of Man as He prepares to judge is assuming a different role, and a different garment is appropriate. Here, however, the word “clothed” means that which is thrown around, like a mantle. Perhaps the thought is that whereas the garment of Christ in the vision represents that which He is in Himself, these have been invested with authority from God. Their garments are white, for they represent the righteousness of God as they administer.

And they had on their heads crowns of gold- of this word crown W.E Vine says it denotes “public honour for distinguished service, especially at the arrival of kings”. The king is about to make His presence felt on earth, and these elders are appropriately crowned for that momentous occasion. They wear victor’s crowns, such as were worn by those who had distinguished themselves as citizens of a city. These had been faithful to God in the past, and this had been recognised. In verse 10 they cast their crowns before the throne, willingly giving up their role in favour of Christ.

There are those who believe that the four living creatures and the 24 elders are symbols of the church. The following things should be borne in mind:

  • They address God in a different way to that appropriate for church believers.
  • John, a member of the church, is separate from them.
  • Individual elders and living creatures are spoken of, so they are not symbolic groupings.
  • The elders know something the apostle does not, 5:5; 7:13.
  • John does not join in their praise. He weeps, but does not sing.

4:5 And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God.

And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices- something of the impending storm of Divine judgement is indicated to us here with the mention of lightnings and thunderings from the throne of God itself. When James and John, surnamed “sons of thunder” by the Lord Jesus, Mark 3:27, were angry with the Samaritans on one occasion, they asked to call down fire from heaven on them. Christ rebuked them, however, for they were out of harmony with the character of His mission. “The Son of Man came not destroy men’s lives, but to save them”, Luke 9:51-56. The character of God’s dealings with men has changed by the time this scene is enacted in heaven, and the thunders and lightnings of Divine wrath are heard and seen. When Ezekiel saw the throne of heaven, the fire issuing forth from God was infolding itself, not streaming forth as far as men, but turning back on itself before it reached them, Ezekiel 1:4. Now all is different.

There are voices, too, for the demands of God’s throne are about to be met. As far as believers are concerned, the demands of God’s throne were met at Calvary by their Saviour, but men generally spurned that work, and are now about to reap the consequences.

And there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God- in chapter 1:4 John sent greetings from the seven Spirits which are before God’s throne, and the Lord Jesus presented Himself to the church of Sardis as having the seven Spirits of God. The lampstand in the tabernacle had seven branches, and each branch a bowl for oil, and a lamp burning. Sardis needed to be restored to burning with a light produced by the Spirit of God, and not the mere light of profession which was liable to go out, Matthew 25:8. Here, however, the light is of fire, not of testimony. God is about to judge men, and His anger is about to burn against them in all its fulness, hence the seven lamps of fire, (the Hebrew word for “seven” meaning “complete, full, satisfied”). Isaiah 4:4 indicates that God intends to purge the blood of Jerusalem from the midst thereof “by the spirit of judgement, and by the spirit of burning”.

4:6 And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal: and in the midst of the throne, and round about the throne, were four beasts full of eyes before and behind.

And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal- again we are introduced to temple imagery, for in Solomon’s temple there were not only lavers at which the priests washed the sacrifices, but also a brazen sea, so called because of the large volume of water it contained. This was for the priests to wash in. In heaven, however, there is no need of cleansing, for all who reach there must have been cleansed from sin on earth. This sea not only emphasises that point, but also will serve in a later chapter to form the platform upon which the redeemed stand before God, 15:2. The storms of their earthly experience will be over, and they will stand calmly before God on the crystal sea. The sea is like glass, reflecting the purity of those who will eventually stand upon it, and the glass is like crystal, for water is not needed. Crystal has the ability to reflect light beautifully, and the glories of heaven are reflected even in the floor of the throne-room. Both glass and crystal are enough like water to serve as a reminder of God’s grace which cleansed from defilement on earth.

And in the midst of the throne, and round about the throne, were four beasts full of eyes before and behind- they are said to be in the midst of the throne as to their position, and round about the throne as to their function. In 1 Samuel 4:4 we learn that God dwelleth between the cherubim, as symbolised by the ark of the covenant. In Ezekiel 1:26 we discover that the cherubim formed a chariot upon which Jehovah sat. Here we find that the living creatures are in the midst of the throne and also around it in some way. They are central to the outworking of God’s purposes, and protect His interests. In order to do this they are full of eyes, for they need to be ever vigilant. Those eyes are before and behind, for the danger to God’s throne may come from the least expected quarter. We must always remember that it was an anointed cherub that covered and protected the throne of God, Lucifer, who rebelled against God, Ezekiel 28:14.

4:7 And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle.

Just as the number of elders reminds us of the arrangements for the temple, and thus has relevance to God’s spiritual interests in the earth, so these, four in number, link to the earth itself and God’s interests in the material world. He is asserting His creator rights in this chapter, and is beginning to remedy the harm that man has done to the earth, so that it may, as to its natural state, be reconciled to Him again, see Colossians 1:20, and delivered from the bondage of corruption, Romans 8:21. He is also going to use upsets in the natural world to judge men, and therefore assures us that He is not intent on destroying the earth, but of restoring it eventually. It is those who destroy the earth who shall be destroyed, 11:18.

These creatures are described as beasts, but we should notice that the word used of them is not the same as is used of the two beasts of Revelation 13. There the word used emphasises that they are wild animals, whereas here the word used emphasises that they are living, as befits those who surround the throne of the living God. After all, only one of the living creatures is a wild animal. But as living creatures they represent the four major classes of creatures on the earth. The lion is the king of the forest; the calf is the king of the field; the man is king of the earth’s fulness, whereas the eagle is the king of the firmament.These four, that head up life on earth, are represented in heaven by the living creatures. The flood had destroyed these classes of living thing on the earth, but the combination of the living creatures and the rainbow round the throne guarantees that no flood will ever engulf the earth again.

It is interesting to notice that the third living creature is only said to have the face of a man, whereas the other creatures were completely like those they represent. Thus is preserved the distinctiveness of man among the works of God. The face often stands for the person, as in the expression “the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ”, 2 Corinthians 4:6. This reminds us that the personality of man is one of his distinctive features, and is the sign that he alone has been made in the image and likeness of God. “All flesh is not the same flesh: but there is one kind of flesh of men, another of beasts, another of fishes, and another of birds”, 1 Corinthians 15:39.

4:8 And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come.

And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him- we are not told the function of the wings of these creatures as we are of the seraphim in Isaiah 6. Perhaps the emphasis is upon their protection of the throne of God, just as the cherubim overshadowed the mercy-seat with their wings.

And they were full of eyes within- their alertness, as they safeguarded the created world was sourced in the very core of their being. Theirs was not a casual guardianship, but one to which they were totally committed.

And they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy- they ascribe thrice-holiness to God, and do so unceasingly. Of course there is no day and night in heaven, but from the standpoint of earth they continue without ceasing. John is very conscious of conditions on earth, (just as Daniel was when, in Babylon, he prayed to God as if the temple rituals were still going on, Daniel 9:21). He is strengthened by the thought that heaven’s worship ceases not, whatever the conditions on earth may be.

God is holy in a threefold way. First, He is holy in the sense that He is totally separate and distinct from matter. He is Spirit, and as such is beyond all the limitation that physical things have. Second, He is holy in the sense that He is creator even of non-material spirit-beings like angels. Third,He is holy in the sense that the state creation has degenerated into is not to be blamed on Him. When He subjected creation to vanity and the bondage of corruption, it was of necessity, since it was not suitable that Adam, a fallen head of creation, should be over an unfallen world, see Romans 8:20. These creatures know these three things, and hence ascribe thrice-holiness to God.

Lord God Almightythey not only speak of holiness three times, but speak of God’s name in a three-fold way. He is Lord, God, and Almighty. As Lord He can be relied upon to keep His covenant with the earth, for Jehovah is His covenant-keeping name. As God He is the creator of all things, and should be recognised as such. As Almighty He is competent to maintain what He created. These three ideas go against the current thinking of men. There are those who do not believe that God has any interest in this world, but is aloof and distant. There are those who do not believe that He even exists as the one who created the world. Others do not believe that it is being maintained by Almighty God, but is in a state of random chaos.

Which was, and is, and is to come- this is the relationship of God to time. He was, for in the beginning He made all things. His power and Godhead are eternal, Romans 1:20, but He chose the moment for time to begin. He is, for He has not abdicated His position as Creator, despite the evolutionary theories of men. He is to come,for He is about to restore the earth to a state suitable for Christ to reign over.

4:9 And when those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to Him that sat on the throne, who liveth for ever and ever,

And when those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to Him that sat on the throne- not only is the expression of praise of the living creatures structured around the number three, but the effect of their praise is three-fold. They give glory to God, recognising Him to be the great originator of all the things they represent. They honour Him as Creator, and not for one moment dishonour Him by suggesting He is the author of the evil that has blighted the world. They give thanks to Him for their own existence and preservation, and that of creation generally. He lives for ever and ever, and manifested His eternal power and Godhead in the creation of all things at the beginning, Romans 1:20.

4:10 The four and twenty elders fall down before Him that sat on the throne, and worship Him that liveth for ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne, saying,

The four and twenty elders fall down before Him that sat on the throne, and worship Him that liveth for ever and ever- the worship of the living creatures as they who praise God as creator prompts the twenty four elders to worship God also. Not only is God the one who dominates time, for He was and is, and is to come, but He is the God of eternity too. He not only exists for all eternity, but lives; this is the condition of His existence.

And cast their crowns before the throne, saying- they do this in willing recognition that God is the only one worthy to be honoured with a crown. In recognition also that there is one about to be invested with universal dominion, so they defer to Him, even Christ, who is about to be introduced in chapter 5.

4:11 Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honour and power: for thou hast created all things, and for thy pleasure they are and were created.

Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honour and power- the elders repeat the glory and honour that the living creatures have ascribed to God, but substitute “power” for “thanks”. The word for power they use gives us the English word dynamite; it is power that accomplishes things. The elders concentrate on the actual making of all things, rather than God’s relationship to them as suggested by the praise of the living creatures, hence the mention of power. God is the creator of all things, whether they are visible or not, and He did it by the exercise of His eternal power.

For thou hast created all things, and for thy pleasure they are and were created the reason these things were created is now stated, (for the elders always give a reason for their worship). He has made a universe of order, complexity, beauty, and usefulness, simply because He loves to have it so. The universe is not therefore the chance coming together of atoms in random fashion, but the orderly production of an intelligent Creator, who takes pleasure in the things He has created. They are for His pleasure now, and they were when He created them. Of course, we know that through the fall of man the creation that God pronounced to be “very good”, has been spoiled. But He can see the end from the beginning, and knows that one day creation shall be released from its bondage, and brought into glorious liberty, and this the elders celebrate.

HEBREWS 9

 

HEBREWS 9

Survey of the chapter
Having noted in passing, in 7:23, that the Lord Jesus is surety of a new covenant, and in 8:6 stated that He is mediator of a better covenant, and then made a quotation from Jeremiah 31 giving the details of that covenant, the writer now proceeds to show that just as the first covenant of the law had a sanctuary, (the tabernacle in the wilderness), so the new covenant has a sanctuary too. But that sanctuary is in heaven, and the earthly sanctuary was a copy and representation of it. Several words are used in chapters 8 and 9 to describe the relationship between the earthly sanctuary and the heavenly, and they are as follows:

The example of heavenly things

Hebrews 8:5 “The example…of heavenly things”.

Hebrews 9:23 “The patterns of things in the heavens”.

Example and pattern translate the same word. The priests served in an earthly sanctuary, but they did so in relation to the sanctuary in heaven. The earthly tabernacle was a sample of what was in heaven, but the heavenly things were the reality, “the heavenly things themselves”, Hebrews 9:23.

The evidence of heavenly things

Hebrews 8:5 “The shadow of heavenly things”.
The heavenly things were the substance, something that can cast a shadow, whereas the tabernacle was the shadow. They provided evidence that there was a heavenly reality, for there cannot be a shadow without an object that casts the shadow.

The expression of heavenly things

Hebrews 8:5 “The pattern showed to thee in the mount”.

The heavenly sanctuary was the pattern, (tupos), see 9:24 below. “Tupos” is a metal-worker’s word, coming from the word to strike, and means the original, archetypal pattern, which when impressed onto softer metal leaves its corresponding mark, the anti-type.

Hebrews 9:24 “The holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true”.

The word figure, (anti-tupos) is the reverse of the word used in Hebrews 8:5. Contrary to what is often said, the heavenly sanctuary is the type, whereas the tabernacle on earth is the antitype.

The explanation of heavenly things

Hebrews 9:8 “The Holy Spirit this signifying”.

The tabernacle arrangement was a sign the Holy Spirit used in Old Testament times to point the way to spiritual truths.

Hebrews 9:9 “Which was figure for the time then present”.

Just as the Lord Jesus in His parables used objects to represent truths, and just as He performed miracles that were called signs, so it is with the figure, (parabole) and sign of the tabernacle. The Holy Spirit used the tabernacle and its arrangement to convey spiritual truth in Old Testament times. It is interesting to note that the materials for the making of the tabernacle are called a heave offering in Exodus 25:2, for they represented a recognition of the God of heaven, the words heave and heaven being connected.

Structure of the chapter

(a)

Verses 1-5

Description of the tabernacle layout and vessels

(b)

Verses 6-10

The significance of the two parts of the tabernacle

(c)

Verses 11-12

The blood of Christ gives Him title to enter heaven as a representative.

(d)

Verses 13-14

The blood of Christ purges the conscience of the worshippers

(e)

Verse 15

The blood of Christ deals with the transgressions under the first covenant

(f)

Verses 16-18

The death of Christ enables the covenant to come into force

(g)

Verses 19-22

The blood of Christ unites the people with the sanctuary

(h)

Verses 23-24

The blood of Christ purifies the heavenly sanctuary
(i) Verses 25-26 The sacrifice of Christ puts away sin

(j)

Verses 27-28

The body of Christ bears the sin of many

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS CHAPTER 9, VERSES 1 TO 10:

9:1 Then verily the first covenant had also ordinances of divine service, and a worldly sanctuary.

9:2 For there was a tabernacle made; the first, wherein was the candlestick, and the table, and the shewbread; which is called the sanctuary.

9:3 And after the second veil, the tabernacle which is called the Holiest of all;

9:4 Which had the golden censer, and the ark of the covenant overlaid round about with gold, wherein was the golden pot that had manna, and Aaron’s rod that budded, and the tables of the covenant;

9:5 And over it the cherubims of glory shadowing the mercyseat; of which we cannot now speak particularly.

9:6 Now when these things were thus ordained, the priests went always into the first tabernacle, accomplishing the service of God.

9:7 But into the second went the high priest alone once every year, not without blood, which he offered for himself, and for the errors of the people:

9:8 The Holy Ghost this signifying, that the way into the holiest of all was not yet made manifest, while as the first tabernacle was yet standing:

9:9 Which was a figure for the time then present, in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices, that could not make him that did the service perfect, as pertaining to the conscience;

9:10 Which stood only in meats and drinks, and divers washings, and carnal ordinances, imposed on them until the time of reformation.

(a) Verses 1-5
Description of the tabernacle layout and vessels

9:1
Then verily the first covenant had also ordinances of divine service, and a worldly sanctuary.

Then verily the first covenant- the one which God made with Israel at Sinai.
Had also ordinances of Divine service- as well as covenant blessings, a mediator, and a high priest. It is important for the writer to be able to show that Christianity is not behind in this.
And a worldly sanctuary- not worldly in the wicked sense, but ordered and beautiful. The Greek word “cosmos” used here is the opposite of “chaos. The arrangement of the tabernacle is of importance in the argument. It is also important that it is of this world, compared to the true tabernacle which is in heaven, where the Lord Jesus officiates, 8:1,2.
For a more detailed look at the tabernacle, see the notes under “TABERNACLE”.

9:2
For there was a tabernacle made; the first, wherein was the candlestick, and the table, and the showbread; which is called the sanctuary.

For there was a tabernacle made- constructed by men at God’s direction. It was of earthly materials that were found in the earth, or grew in the earth, or in one case, found in the sea, and therefore not eternal. “Made” means it was prepared and equipped, as the next verses describe. The heavenly sanctuary is not of this building, or creation, verse 11.
The first- now the writer distinguishes between the first compartment and the second; the first was beyond the first veil, otherwise known as the door of the tabernacle, the second was beyond the second veil, which is the one we usually refer to as the veil.
We must remember that the tabernacle proper was the innermost covering, and the boards and the bars were to keep this tabernacle up. See in proof of this in Numbers 4:25, where the Gershonites carry the tabernacle, meaning the curtains, and then verse 31, where the Merarites carry the boards of the tabernacle, i.e. the boards which are for the tabernacle in the sense that they hold it up. See also Exodus 35:11, where the tabernacle is spoken of as separate from the boards.
Wherein was the candlestick, and the table, and the showbread- the significance of these will come out in verse 24. The point to notice here is that the ordinary priests did not function in the light of the glory of God which shone in the Holiest of All, but rather in the light of the lampstand. Nor could they have full fellowship with God at the table, for that was not in the immediate presence of God either. Notice that showbread is mentioned as a separate item to the table. When David was hungry on one occasion, he went into the Tabernacle and asked for the showbread, 1 Samuel 21:6. The priest could not give him any of the twelve loaves that were arranged on the table, but there was bread from the table which had been replaced that day, and was stored in a vessel ready for the priests to eat during the next week. It is this that may be referred to in Hebrews 9:2 as separate from the table. The emphasis in that case is that the provision for the priests was in the holy place, for they could not advance into the holiest of all.
The lesson from the life of David is clear, reinforced as it is by the Lord Jesus in Matthew 12, that even under law the principle of grace was followed, and a man of the tribe of Judah could eat Levi’s bread. For as the Lord said, “In this place is one greater than the temple”, Matthew 12:6. In other words, if under the law there was room for grace, (for the priests worked to change the showbread but were nonetheless not guilty of Sabbath-breaking), how much more shall grace operate now that Christ has come. This lesson will not be lost on observant Hebrews.
Which is called the sanctuary- or, “which is called a holy place”, in contrast to that which is holiest of all.

9:3
And after the second veil, the tabernacle which is called the Holiest of all;

And after the second veil, the tabernacle which is called the holiest of all- so there were degrees of holiness in the earthly tabernacle, which there are not in the heavenly sanctuary. Because it was holy, the tabernacle was closed to ordinary Israelites, who had forfeited their right to national priesthood because of the golden calf incident, Exodus 19:6; 32:26; Malachi 2:4-7. Because it was most holy, the second tabernacle was closed to the priest’s family because of the offering of strange fire, Leviticus 10:1,2; 16:1,2.

9:4
Which had the golden censer, and the ark of the covenant overlaid round about with gold, wherein was the golden pot that had manna, and Aaron’s rod that budded, and the tables of the covenant;

Which had the golden censer- because he has the day of atonement in mind, the writer associates the censer with the second tabernacle, into which it was taken by the high priest on that day. Again the writer has shown that there were things out of reach of the majority of the priesthood.
And the ark of the covenant overlaid round about with gold- this was the most important vessel, being the object of attention on the day of atonement, and upon which the blood of atonement was sprinkled. Overlaid round about, that is, entirely, with gold. The blood must meet every demand of the gold which represented God’s glory.
Wherein was the golden pot that had manna- this was the token of God’s faithfulness. The hidden manna is reserved for the overcomer, Revelation 2:17.
And Aaron’s rod that budded- the token of God’s anger against the rebels, who spoke against Israel’s apostle, and their high priest, Numbers 16 and 17. This was the symbol of the authority of Aaron to officiate in the presence of God. Yet despite that authority being signified in such a miraculous way, (for Aaron’s rod, even though cut down, had budded, blossomed, and brought forth almonds all at once), he could not officiate in the place where his rod was, except once a year.
And the tables of the covenant- the token of God’s righteousness expressed in His law, and upon which the people had relationship with Him if they obeyed.

9:5
And over it the cherubims of glory shadowing the mercyseat; of which we cannot now speak particularly.

And over it the cherubims of glory shadowing the mercyseat- these were the representation of the guardians of the righteousness of God, associating with the glory-cloud, or Shekinah, which dwelt between them. They overshadowed the ark, protecting the interests of God. Those approaching God would be confronted by these symbolic things, and more than this, the truths they symbolised.
Of which we cannot now speak particularly- showing that it is possible to speak of these things in detail, for every particular of them has a lesson, but the point at issue here is how things were arranged in the tabernacle, for that had deep significance.

(b) Verses 6-10
The significance of the two parts of the tabernacle

9:6
Now when these things were thus ordained, the priests went always into the first tabernacle, accomplishing the service of God.

Now- the beginning of the reasoning based on these arrangements.
When these things were thus ordained- the same word as “made” in verse 2, meaning constructed after a certain pattern and design, by which God intended to teach lessons, see verse 8.
The priests went always into the first tabernacle- always signifies often, in contrast to the high priest only once.
Accomplishing the service of God- the writer never disparages the tabernacle system, allowing that the service of God was carried on there, but also shows the superiority of the heavenly one, where Christ ministers.

9:7
But into the second went the high priest alone once every year, not without blood, which he offered for himself, and for the errors of the people:

But into the second- the “but” begins the section showing the shortcomings of the system as compared to heavenly things.
Went the high priest alone, once every year- the contrast is between priests and high priest, and between always and once. And what is more, he did this every year, which supplies another contrast later in the chapter. God was very clear that “there shall be no man in the tabernacle of the congregation when he goeth in to make an atonement in the holy place”, Leviticus 16:17. We know from the account in Leviticus 16 that Aaron in fact entered in three times on that day, but the whole ceremony is looked at together, and the contrast is between what happened on a daily basis, and what happened on a once-a-year basis.
Not without blood- his way was barred if he came without blood. If he persisted, then fire from God would devour him as it did his two sons who came with strange fire. See Leviticus 16:1, 2; 10:1,2. where the two events, the entry of Aaron’s sons after their consecration, and Aaron himself on the Day of Atonemnt, are contrasted. The sanctity of God’s presence must be maintained. As God said after Nadab and Abihu had sinned, “I will be sanctified in them that come nigh me”, Leviticus 10:3.
Which he offered for himself- note the idea of blood being offered, reminding us that “to offer” simply means to bring near, and does not necessarily mean to place upon the altar. The blood was offered where there was no altar. The blood, the evidence of a sin offering made, was sprinkled on and before the mercyseat.
And for the errors of the people- errors are sins of ignorance. The high priest and the people both committed sins of ignorance.

9:8
The Holy Ghost this signifying, that the way into the holiest of all was not yet made manifest, while as the first tabernacle was yet standing:

The Holy Ghost this signifying- the Spirit of God had empowered Bezaleel to make the tabernacle according to the divine pattern, so that a clear signal could be sent as to important truth. The phrase would arrest the Hebrews, as they discover the real meaning behind the tabernacle system, perhaps for the first time.
That the way into the holiest of all was not yet made manifest- there was no clear line of sight for the priests, for the veil not only blocked their view, but blocked their approach, so the way they desired to tread was not in evidence. Note the “yet”, reminding us that the things of the tabernacle pointed forward to coming good things, verse 11, when believers would be able to enter right in to the presence of God in the heavenly sanctuary.
While as the first tabernacle was yet standing- that is, as long as the first compartment, (the Holy Place), had a standing separate from the second, (the Holiest of All), these things prevailed.

9:9
Which was a figure for the time then present, in which were offered both gifts and sacrifices, that could not make him that did the service perfect, as pertaining to the conscience;

Which was a figure for the time then present- there is a contrast between the time then present in the Old Testament era, and what the writer calls in the next verse the time of reformation. The Holy Spirit depicted the situation in parable form, the separate compartments of the tabernacle bearing eloquent testimony to the inadequacies of the system all the time the tabernacle was in use.
In which were offered both gifts and sacrifices during that time, gifts in the form of tithes to support the priesthood, and sacrifices in the form of animals to deal ceremonially with sins were offered. Gifts and sacrifices were not offered in the first tabernacle, but outside, in the court. So “in which” refers not to the inside of the tabernacle, but to “the time then present”. The emphasis now is on the the time, not the place.
That could not make him that did the service perfect, as pertaining to the conscience- the ritual may have been carried out perfectly, as indeed it must, but the conscience of the offerers was not perfected; that is, fully fitted to come before God, since they still had conscience of sins. See 10:14 for the spiritual counterpart. Notice the three negatives in this section: “not without blood” in verse 7; “not yet made manifest” in verse 8; “not make him that did the service perfect” in verse 9.

9:10
Which stood only in meats and drinks, and divers washings, and carnal ordinances, imposed on them until the time of reformation.

Which stood only in meats and drinks, and divers washings, and carnal ordinances- see verse 8 for the idea of the tabernacle standing. The standing or basis of the tabernacle system was represented in parable form by its division into two compartments, and its dependance on the bringing of material offerings, such as sacrifices, or wine for drink offerings. The priests, too, were bathed initially at their consecration, and constantly washed at the laver, but only in a ceremonial way, for their hearts were not affected. These were but ordinances, or righteous requirements, which came to them as men in the flesh, (hence the commandments are described as carnal); they were not required to profess faith before they became priests.
Imposed on them until the time of reformation- these ceremonies were commanded by God, and impoaed by God, for the system was a legal one, in contrast to the voluntary coming in grace of the Lord Jesus. He came to set things right, not simply to reform and rearrange. It is significant that when Psalm 40 is quoted in Hebrews 10:5-7, the words, “Yea, thy law is within my heart”, Psalm 40:8, are omitted. It is not that God’s law was not in His heart, but that grace was the over-riding factor in His movements.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS CHAPTER 9, VERSES 10 TO 22:

9:11 But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come, by a greater and more perfect tabernacle, not made with hands, that is to say, not of this building;

9:12 Neither by the blood of goats and calves, but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place, having obtained eternal redemption for us.

9:13 For if the blood of bulls and of goats, and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean, sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh:

9:14 How much more shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without spot to God, purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?

9:15 And for this cause he is the mediator of the new testament, that by means of death, for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament, they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.

9:16 For where a testament is, there must also of necessity be the death of the testator.

9:17 For a testament is of force after men are dead: otherwise it is of no strength at all while the testator liveth.

9:18 Whereupon neither the first testament was dedicated without blood.

9:19 For when Moses had spoken every precept to all the people according to the law, he took the blood of calves and of goats, with water, and scarlet wool, and hyssop, and sprinkled both the book, and all the people,

9:20 Saying, This is the blood of the testament which God hath enjoined unto you.

9:21 Moreover he sprinkled with blood both the tabernacle, and all the vessels of the ministry.

9:22 And almost all things are by the law purged with blood; and without shedding of blood is no remission.

(c) Verses 11-12
The blood of Christ gives Him title to enter heaven as a representative

9:11
But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come, by a greater and more perfect tabernacle, not made with hands, that is to say, not of this building;

But Christ being come- note the use of a title that speaks of Him as the Anointed one, the one approved of by the Holy Spirit. Whereas Aaron was anointed with oil, Christ was made Lord and Christ in a fresh way when He ascended into the heavens, Acts 2:36. The “being come” or “having come alongside of”, may be the counterpart of Aaron being brought by Moses to the door of the tabernacle, Exodus 29:4. So Christ, on ascension, has presented Himself as ready to function as high priest in the heavenly sanctuary.
The Holy Spirit who was speaking in parable form in the tabernacle system, now delights to be associated with Christ, the man who was to bring in the reality. As Jesus the Son of God He suits our need as those who are in the place of temptation, and need one to lead us through the wilderness, the subject of chapters 3-7. As Christ He suits our need as one who is appointed and anointed by God to lead His people into the sanctuary, the subject of chapters 8-10.
A high priest of good things to come- those good things foreshadowed in the tabernacle have now arrived in Christ. He is responsible for dispensing them, as God’s firstborn. “high priest of good things” means “dispenser, as high priest, of good things”.
By a greater and more perfect tabernacle- the writer never disparages the tabernacle in the wilderness, but shows that it speaks of a greater sanctuary, where perfection reigns. The heavenly sanctuary, which the Lord pitched and not man, 8:2, is greater in the sense that it is heavenly, and not of this creation. It is more perfect in the sense that it is Christ’s own blood that has sanctified it, verse 23. He comes by a greater and more perfect tabernacle, so the “come” refers to His arrival in heaven, at which time His high priesthood started. The heavenly sanctuary is the means by which He is able to officiate.
Not made with hands, that is to say, not of this building- human hands did not construct this sanctuary; they could not, for it is not part of this creation (building) at all. There are three things that mark this creation, and they are indicated in Genesis 1:1. “In the beginning” implies time, “heaven and earth” implies matter, and the fact that the two are separate implies space. None of these things is relevant in the sphere where Christ officiates. Time is irrelevant, for the presence of God is in eternity. Space and matter are irrelevant, too, for in that scene it is truth that is the reality. The heavenly sanctuary is the true tabernacle, the one where truth is all-dominant, and where truth finds its full and eternal expression. In heaven spiritual realities are more real than material and earthly things are to us now.

9:12
Neither by the blood of goats and calves, but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place, having obtained eternal redemption for us.

Neither by the blood of goats and calves- this refers to the blood of the sacrifices on the day of the covenant, as detailed in Exodus 24:5. The goats were burnt offerings, and the calves were peace offerings, for the people are reckoned, because of their vow to keep the law, to be in acceptance (burnt offering) and harmony (peace offering) with God.
But by his own blood- just as Aaron was able to enter the tabernacle because it had been sanctified by the blood of the covenant, Hebrews 9:21, so Christ is enabled to enter heaven by means of His blood shed on earth. Aaron entered by the blood of others, but Christ by His own. We enter by the blood of another, too, the blood of Jesus, 10:19. As God’s Son, He is ever suited to be in the Father’s presence, but as our representative, He needs the sanction of blood. The idea that Christ entered heaven with His own blood has no foundation in scripture.
He entered in once into the holy place- once means once for all, in a strengthened form, in contrast to Aaron’s annual entry. Holy place is literally “holies”, the thrice-holy sanctuary in heaven, not the holy place on earth.
Having obtained eternal redemption for us- so He has brought in, not an annual provision, but an eternal one. The word used for redemption here was used by Zacharias when he spoke of serving (religiously) “without fear in holiness and righteousness before Him, all the days of our life”, Luke 1:74,75. Redemption for righteousness is the theme of Romans, where we are set free from sin to serve God in righteousness. Redemption for holiness is the theme of Hebrews, for we are set free from dead works to serve God in holiness. By His blood Christ has purchased the covenant rights that enable His people to serve God in the sanctuary. Inasmuch as they shall do this for ever, it is eternal redemption. On the day of the covenant, God promised Israel that they could be a kingdom of priests if they obeyed the law, Exodus 19:5,6. This they did not, and forfeited their rights to serve God as a nation of priests.
Because the new covenant is founded on grace, not law, and is therefore not conditional upon our obedience, there will be no interruption of cancellation of the covenant, nor of the benefits it bestows.

(d) Verses 13-14
The blood of Christ purges the conscience of the worshippers

9:13
For if the blood of bulls and of goats, and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean, sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh:

For if the blood of bulls and of goats- these are the animals that were used on successive days of atonement, (for only one bullock was offered on that day, so the use of the word bulls in the plural must relate to days of atonemnt as they came and went). Christ has entered heaven on the basis of His acceptance and harmony with God, (the counterpart of the burnt offerings and peace offerings of the Day of the Covenant), but He has also entered in virtue of the blood of His sin offering, (the counterpart of the sacrifices of the Day of Atonement). Note that the blood of two animals, for priest and people, is now replaced by the blood of one person. He needs not to offer for Himself.
And the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean- there was need for cleansing in between days of atonement, showing that the dealing with sin was not complete and final. The blood of bulls and goats was for national sin, whereas the ashes of the heifer, which derived power from the sin offering, were sprinkled on the sinner to deal with his personal sin.
Sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh- these sacrifices had a certain effect, fitting Aaron and the people to continue with God in the midst. The effect was only ceremonial and external, however. This is not to say that individual believers in Israel did not know real forgiveness. The emphasis in these verses is on the ceremonies of the law, and to show that Christ has brought in something far better by His sacrifice.

9:14
How much more shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without spot to God, purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?

How much more shall the blood of Christ- if God-ordered animal sacrifices had an effect, how much more will the blood of Christ, the Approved Man, be effective. Those animals were not intelligent as to the will of God, but Christ was, for He purged sins in line with the majesty of God.
Who through the eternal Spirit- this phrase suggests a series of contrasts:

1. Between sacrifices which were only God’s will until the time of reformation, and a sacrifice which has eternal effectiveness. The Spirit who uttered a parable through the tabernacle set-up, verses 8 and 9, now empowers a work which is perfect and final.

2. Between carnal (fleshly) ordinances, and the Spirit of God ensuring that eternal counsels are put into effect.

3. Between the Spirit, and that which is physical, like the body of a beast.

Offered himself without spot to God- to offer is not the same as to burn on the altar; the wise men offered their gifts, and Aaron offered blood in the Holiest of All, verse 7, but in neither case does this involve burning on an altar. The idea is of bringing near, and the idea of burning on the altar is relevant is many cases, but not in all.
In contrast to brute beasts, which may have needed to be dragged to the altar, Christ came willingly. The words of the psalm sung at the end of the feast of passover, “Bind the sacrifices with cords, even cords to the horns of the altar” would no doubt be on the lips of the Lord Jesus as He left the upper room, but He did not need to be bound, for He declared “But that the world may know that I love the Father; and as the Father gave me commandment, even so I do. Arise, let us go hence”, John 14:31. He then went into Gethsemane, and said “Not my will, but thine, be done”, Luke 22:42. This gives a character to His sacrifice that animal sacrifices did not have, for He came in grace, willingly, whereas they were brought according to law, unwillingly. They were unintelligent, but He came by the eternal Spirit, for He was privy to the counsels of eternity, and acted accordingly.
Without spot means without blemish or defect. The sinlessness of Christ is of paramount importance, since the sacrificial rule was “it must be perfect to be accepted”, Leviticus 22:21. Aaron must wash his flesh with water before he put on his garments, for they were holier than he was, and made him ritually, what he was not really.
Purge your conscience from dead works- we might have expected “purge your conscience from sins”, but the phrase goes further, for the blood of Christ rids the conscience of the burden of needing to repeat works of sacrifice, since His one offering suffices. As a consequence, they become dead works. See also 8:13, where the old covenant is said to be decaying, waxing old, and ready to vanish away. Now it is dead, made so by the work of Christ. The believer need not have a conscience about not being involved with Judaism, but may draw near to God with the full assurance that faith in Christ brings, 10:22.
To serve the living God- the prospect opens out before all the Hebrew believers, of whatever tribe, of serving God in a religious way. But since He is the Living God, He must be worshipped in a manner which is in harmony with His character. Dead works cannot be used to serve a living God. The expression “Living God” is used twice in connection with dead apostates, 3:12, 10:31; here in connection with dead works, and once in connection with coming to the city of the living God, rather than earthly Jerusalem, which was full of those under the sentence of death through the law at Sinai.

(e) Verse 15
The blood of Christ deals with the transgressions under the first covenant

9:15
And for this cause he is the mediator of the new testament, that by means of death, for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament, they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.

And for this cause- that is the cause of enabling His people to serve God. They must be in covenant relationship with God to do so. Is this why the Lord mentioned the new covenant when He instituted the Supper? See Matthew 27:28. And also why Paul speaks of it in connection with the glory of God in 2 Corinthians 3 and 4? If we are to worship we must see the glory, just as Moses, having been shown the glory, bowed down his head toward the earth and worshipped, Exodus 34:8.
And more than this, the covenant blood must link us with the heavenly sanctuary, just as half the blood of the covenant was reserved to sprinkle on the tabernacle after it had been constructed. Our highest service must be when we worship God in His presence, and it is the blood of the new covenant which brings us into this privileged position.
He is the mediator of the new testament- the Authorised Version rightly discerns that the secondary meaning of “will” is in view here, suggesting that Gentiles are free to enter into the good of this covenant, for whereas covenant is an Old Testament idea, testament is a Gentile one.
That by means of death, for the redemption of the transgressions under the first testament- the death of Christ was retrospective, reaching right back to the start of the first covenant, which could not deal with sins effectively and finally. Since the sacrifices of the first covenant were burnt offerings and peace offerings, (for the people are taken up on their profession), that left sins not dealt with. How impressed the wavering Hebrews should have been, for the work of Christ finalises what the law left unfinished. “Redemption of the transgressions” means “redemption that the presence of transgressions makes necessary.
They which are called- God called Moses and seventy of the elders of Israel into the mount on the day of the covenant, and they saw God and ate and drank. Now this experience in all its reality is open to all the people of God. Leviticus, the priest’s handbook, began with “And the Lord called”, and this became the title of the book, but now the Christian worshippers are invited into the heavenly sanctuary.
Might receive the promise of eternal inheritance- the Levites had no inheritance in the form of land in Israel, but their portion was God Himself, and the sacrifices, Numbers 18:20, Deuteronomy 18:1. So with us, God in all His glory is our portion, and the appreciation of the sacrifice of Christ. This promise is not conditional, as Israel’s was, but is guaranteed to us, for Christ is the surety of it, 7:22.

(f) Verses 16-17
The death of Christ allows the covenant to come into force

9:16
For where a testament is, there must also of necessity be the death of the testator.

For where a testament is, there must also of necessity be the death of the testator- the whole purpose of a will is to bring into blessing after the will-maker has died. The writer needs principles supplied by the idea of covenant, (an ongoing and stable relationship), and principles supplied by the idea of testament, or will, (the benefits of which come in after the death of the one responsible for making the will.

9:17
For a testament is of force after men are dead: otherwise it is of no strength at all while the testator liveth.

For a testament is of force after men are dead- not only do the blessings come after the death, they are sure to come (for they are of force) after the death, for that is the arrangement.
Otherwise it is of no strength at all while the testator liveth- while the testator is still living it is otherwise, i.e. of no strength, in contrast to being of strength or force when the testator has died.

(g) Verses 18-22
The blood of Christ unites the people and the sanctuary

9:18
Whereupon neither the first testament was dedicated without blood.

Whereupon building upon the basis he has laid in the previous few verses about the testament established in the death of Christ, the writer shows that under the testament a death took place to enable worshippers to be free to serve God, and that testament also had a covenant victim which sanctified the sanctuary.
Neither the first testament was dedicated without blood- death, (implied by the word “blood”), came in with this covenant too. So Hebrew prejudice about a Messiah who died is being removed, for the principle was established under the law that if there was to be a covenant, (such as the new covenant for instance), a sacrifice had to be made.

9:19
For when Moses had spoken every precept to all the people according to the law, he took the blood of calves and of goats, with water, and scarlet wool, and hyssop, and sprinkled both the book, and all the people,

For when Moses had spoken every precept to all the people- this is a reference to the covenant day at Sinai, recorded in Exodus 24. Chapters 21-23 of Exodus contain details of these precepts. So there was a full disclosure of their obligations before all of them. They knew what they were committing themselves to.
According to the law- reminding us of the character of the covenant, that it was conditional. The law was given in Exodus 20.
He took the blood of calves and goats- those mentioned in verse 12, but in reverse order. We are not told that the oxen were only peace offerings, and the goats only burnt offerings. Both these types of offering were normally brought by those in relationship with God, so the people are being taken up on their profession. They said, “All the words which the Lord said we will do”, Exodus 24:3, and on that condition the covenant was ratified in blood.
Note that the mediator of the old covenant is not the same as the covenant victim, whereas Christ is the mediator of the new covenant of which He also is the covenant victim.
With water, and scarlet wool, and hyssop- we are not told of the latter two items in Exodus 24. The hyssop would make a sprinkler, tied together by scarlet wool. The fact that the writer knows these things would indicate that God was revealing things to him, and thus he had authority. Compare the cedar wood, scarlet and hyssop of the cleansing of the leper ceremony, Leviticus 14:6, and the same materials burnt in the fire in the red heifer ceremony, Numbers 19:6.
And sprinkled both the book and all the people- note the connection between the book of the covenant and the people of the covenant, with the blood of the covenant uniting them together, and committing them to it as a conditional arrangement. In Exodus 17:14 Moses was commanded to write in a book, or as the margin puts it, “in the book”. Clearly Moses was writing the Pentateuch as events unfolded. He is said to have finished in Deuteronomy 31:24-27.

9:20
Saying, This is the blood of the testament which God hath enjoined unto you.

Saying, This is the blood of the testament which God hath enjoined unto you- note the similarity between these words and those of Matthew 26:28, in connection with the new covenant. But there it is “my blood”, and “for the remission of sins”. The disciples would know that the first covenant was not ratified with sin-offering blood. The Lord anticipates the truth here revealed. The covenant-relationship between Christians and their God is in relation to worship in His presence. Relationship with Christ as head of the body, the church, has to do with earthly testimony, and the responsibility of the body to manifest Christ during His absence from the earth.

9:21
Moreover he sprinkled with blood both the tabernacle, and all the vessels of the ministry.

Moreover he sprinkled likewise with blood both the tabernacle, and all the vessels of the ministry- now the link is established between the tabernacle and the people. Both the sanctuary, and the vessels used in the sanctuary, were sanctified so as to be fit for the service of God.
Half the blood had been used for the sprinkling of the people, and now the ceremony is completed. Again, we are not told this in Exodus 24. The counterpart of this is seen in verse 23.

9:22
And almost all things are by the law purged with blood; and without shedding of blood is no remission.

And almost all things are by the law purged with blood- the sprinkling of the tabernacle and the vessels was an example of the normal mode of purifying objects, an exception (implied by “almost all things”), was the purging by water of the pots used for the sin offering, Leviticus 6:28. The tabernacle and vessels had been made by failing men, even though they were empowered by the Spirit of God, so they must be purged of association with sinners.
And without shedding of blood is no remission- having spoken of the tabernacle and vessels, the writer turns to the idea of people, who need the remission of sins. Remission is dismissal, which is what happened to the scapegoat; but his work was not valid without the other goat; two goats made but one offering, Leviticus 16:5. So now the question of sins has been dealt with for those who will approach God, and the sanctuary is prepared, and the people and the book are joined on the basis of blood.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS CHAPTER 9, VERSES 23 TO 28:

9:23 It was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these; but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these.

9:24 For Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us:

9:25 Nor yet that he should offer himself often, as the high priest entereth into the holy place every year with blood of others;

9:26 For then must he often have suffered since the foundation of the world: but now once in the end of the world hath he appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself.

9:27 And as it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgment:

9:28 So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and unto them that look for him shall he appear the second time without sin unto salvation.

(h) Verses 23-24
The blood of Christ purifies the heavenly sanctuary

9:23
It was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these; but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these.

It was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these- so the tabernacle was a pattern, copy, or similitude of the heavenly sanctuary. The reality was in heaven, but the copy was on earth. It is always best to have the original, rather than a copy, so it is best to worship as a Christian, rather than in Judaism. The “these” refers to the sacrifices of calves and goats of verse 19.
But the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these- both things were necessary, for the earthly sanctuary needed to be purified because human hands had made it, and failing priests were to officiate in it. And just as the tabernacle needed to be safeguarded beforehand from the failures of the officiating priests, (and especially the sin of Nadab and Abihu), so the heavenly sanctuary needs to be protected from our faults and failures as we worship God.
Those who made and erected the tabernacle, even if all believers, had sin about them. So the blood of the covenant victim had to purify the building, verse 21. The same was the case with the priests who officiated in the earthly sanctuary, for their ministry defiled the tabernacle. This meant that the blood of the day of atonement was needed to purify and reconcile the tabernacle and the altars, which is indicated in verse 22.
So with the heavenly sanctuary, surprisingly enough. It has been defiled by the rebellion of Lucifer, who is described in Ezekiel 28:12-28 in terms which suggest he had a priestly role before his fall. Note in particular verse 18, “defiled thy sanctuaries”. The only means for restoring the heavenly sanctuary to purity is the blood of Christ. We are sure God was not compromised by the sin of Lucifer, for just as He dwelt in the midst of Israel despite their unclean-ness, safeguarded by the day of atonement ceremony, so He dwelt in heaven, safeguarded by the future work of Calvary.
Note the plural in verse 23, where the varied aspects of the sacrifice of Christ are in view, for the sacrifices on the day of the covenant were burnt offerings and peace offerings, whereas those on the day of atonement were burnt offerings and sin offerings, and His sacrifice was both atoning and covenant-making, and so fulfilled them all.

9:24
For Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us:

For Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands- the “places” in question being the first and second tabernacle; both holy, but one most holy.
Which are the figures of the true- the word used for figure is antitupos; so the type is in heaven, the anti-type on earth. Tupos and antitupos are metal worker’s words. The “tupos” is the piece of hard metal with some symbol embossed on it, the “anti-tupos” is the corresponding or anti-pattern produced when the type is impressed upon the softer metal. As with the type of old-fashioned typewriters, some of the type is a contrast, some a comparison. The heavenly sanctuary is the true tabernacle, which the Lord pitched and not man, 8:2. The tabernacle on earth was the antitype, corresponsdiong to what was in heaven.
But into heaven itself- not the replica, but the reality. This would imply that “heaven itself”, (as opposed to heaven copied) is the heavenly sanctuary.
Now to appear in the presence of God for us- so He is there already, and officiates as high priest to ensure our entry is to the glory of God. The word appear means to shine, so He is the counterpart of the lampstand, as He shines in all His resurrection glory. (The lampstand was a golden almond tree, and the almond tree is the first tree in Israel to show signs of life after its winter death). How fearful we would be of approaching God if He were not there for us, especially as we know what happened to others who sought to enter the earthly sanctuary in a wrong way.
He is “in the presence of God”, just as the bread on the table of shewbread was called the “bread of presence”, for the twelve loaves represented the twelve tribes before God. So the bread of God has now ascended up where He was before, John 6:62, and represents all His people in God’s very presence. The shewbread was not in the immediate presence of God, but Christ is.
He is there “for us”, for He is the counterpart of the altar of incense as well, ever living to make intercession for us, hebrews 7:25.
He appears now– telling us it is ongoing. He appears– it is glorious. He appears in the presence of God for us– it is representative.

(i) Verses 25-26
The sacrifice of Christ puts away sin

9:25
Nor yet that he should offer himself often, as the high priest entereth into the holy place every year with blood of others; 

Nor yet- there is a further contrast to Aaron entering an earthly sanctuary.
That he should offer Himself often-
Leviticus 16:3 directs Aaron to come into the presence of God with a bullock, (for “thus” can be translated “with this”), and this he did when he came with what represented the bullock, its blood. Christ, however, does not need to present Himself for sacrifice on a yearly basis, as Aaron brought his offerings year by year on the day of atonement. Christ’s entry into the presence of God at His ascension was a once-for-all event.
As the high priest entereth into the holy place every year with blood of others- this is the contrast; every year or once for all; holy place or heaven itself; blood of others or by His own blood. The fact that Aaron entered every year showed that he needed to offer sacrifice every year.

9:26
For then must he often have suffered since the foundation of the world: but now once in the end of the world hath he appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself.

For then must he often have suffered since the foundation of the world- logic demands that if His work only affects sins for one year, as must be the case if He has to repeat the work like Aaron did, then since His blood deals with sins from the beginning of the world, then He must have suffered every year since the fall of man. This of course, is not the case.
Note the far-reaching consequences of the work of Christ, satisfying the righteous demands of God not just for a year, or even for a lifetime, but entirely.
Note also that for Him bloodshedding involved suffering, whereas in the case of the animals brought for sacrifice, their blood was shed first, so they were dead before they were put on the fire. Christ suffered the fire of Divine wrath, and then poured out His soul unto death.
But now- the truth about to be stated is a present reality. What Christ did in the past is still very relevant.
Once in the end of the world hath he appeared- once for all at the climax of all the ages, which meet at the cross. Time is no barrier to Him who is the “I am”. All ages looked on to the cross, and all ages, even those in eternity, (Ephesians 3:21), shall look back to it. One age shall give birth to another to give to our God fresh opportunity to reveal the supreme wonders of His dealings through Christ. Appeared means manifested, as one who was there before, but hidden, a tribute to His Deity. The counterpart is the presence of Aaron at the altar to kill the sin offering.
To put away sin by the sacrifice of himself- to put away is to set-aside, abolish, or make of no account. Instead of dealing with sins on a temporary basis, Christ has dealt with sin in the aggregate, sins all considered together. John the Baptist, (the son of a Levitical priest), saw this, and declared He would take away the sin of the world, in accordance with Daniel 9:24, which reads, “to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity”.
“Sacrifice of himself” is a contrast to the sacrifices brought by Aaron, which were separate to himself. The work of Christ displays God as holy, and a Saviour-God; clears Him of charge of complacency about the entry and continuation of sin; vindicates God for passing over the sins done before, in Old Testament times, Romans 3:25; enables God to bring in new heavens and earth righteously; gives ground for God’s dealings in grace, 2 Corinthians 5. See the special note on propitiation in the notes on Romans 3:25.

(j) Verses 27-28
The body of Christ bears the sins of many

9:27
And as it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgement:

And as it is appointed unto men once to die- having spoken of the scope of Christ’s work time-wise, (foundation of the world), now he thinks of His work in relation to all men personally, whether Hebrews or not. Men die because they have a sinful nature, not, in normal circumstances, because they have committed particular sins. The death of man is by Divine appointment, and is once for all, with no return. The fear of death gripped the souls of men in the Old Testament, Hebrews 2:15. Even Aaron would have died if he had not come into the presence of God in the appointed way, Leviticus 16:2. And what if a man died, having sinned since his last sin offering? Only the sacrifice of Christ reaches into the future as well as the past, as the next chapter will show.
And after this the judgement- the sins they have committed will be met by God’s response in judgement. Men forget the dreadful “after this”, for they hope that death is the end. The writer refers to judgement as a foregone conclusion, not needing to prove it will happen.

9:28
So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and unto them that look for him shall he appear the second time without sin unto salvation.

So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many- as men are appointed to die, so was He; as their death is once for all, so was His. But note the character of His death. Men die and go into eternity carrying the burden of their sins upon them, whereas Christ bore the judgement for sins before He died. “Many” does not necessarily imply “not all”, but emphasises that He, a solitary person, had the ability to bear the sins of a multitude, just as a single scapegoat bore the burden of the sins of all in Israel. See Romans 5:19, where “the many” who are made sinners, are in fact, all men.
This is the counterpart of the two goats for a sin offering; one to put away sin by its death, the other to bear sins. It is not correct to say that there are some whose sins are not borne, for this makes a mockery of the free offer of the gospel. But sinners must not have words with personal possessive pronouns put into their mouths, such as “he bare our sins”. The suffering which sinners endure as punishment for their sins in eternity does not atone for sins. We must distinguish between punishment and penalty. Punishment is not transferable, but penalty is, if the Judge allows it.
And unto them that look for him- the people of Israel looked for two people to return on the day of atonement, the high priest out from the sanctuary, his work accepted, and the fit man out of the wilderness, the goat abandoned. Christ shall appear out from heaven according to His promise to take believers to the Father’s house. But He has come back from the wilderness, too, as the goat did not. For there was not only a scapegoat, but also a fit man to lead it into the wilderness. Christ is the fit man, and has emerged out of the hours of forsakenness having removed our sins from us as far as the east is from the west. His sin offering enables our sins to be erased from the Divine memory, never to be recalled. Those who look for Him are those who have a personal interest in Him, for He was their sin-bearer at Calvary.
Shall he appear the second time- now the word used for appear means “to be seen”. As believers we have not seen our Saviour, “whom having not seen, ye love”, 1 Peter 1:8. But “we shall see him as he is, 1 John 3:2.
Without sin- that is, literally, cut off from sins, meaning without reference to dealing with sin again. He appeared the first time to put away sin, and so successful has the work been that He does not need to take it up ever again.
Unto salvation- it only remains for His people to be taken up out of this world, thus saving them from its influences entirely. Resurrection bodies will be theirs, and full deliverance from the effects of the fall will be known at last.